Brother DCP-T520W, DCP-T525W, DCP-T725DW Online User's Manual
The Brother DCP-T725DW is a versatile multifunction printer designed for home and small office use. It combines printing, scanning, copying, and faxing capabilities, all in one compact unit. Whether you need to print documents, photos, or create copies, this machine provides reliable performance and high-quality results. You can also utilize the built-in automatic document feeder to easily scan multi-page documents, or connect to your wireless network for convenient printing from multiple devices.
Advertisement
Advertisement
Online User's Guide
DCP-T520W
DCP-T525W
DCP-T720DW
DCP-T725DW
DCP-T820DW
DCP-T825DW
MFC-T920DW
MFC-T925DW
© 2020 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Automatic 2-sided
i
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&Scan (N in 1)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) .......... 109
ii
iii
iv
v
Home > Before You Use Your Machine
Before You Use Your Machine
•
•
•
1
Home > Before You Use Your Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING
CAUTION
IMPORTANT
NOTE
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Bold
Italics
Courier New
Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
•
2
Home > Before You Use Your Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Apple, AirPrint, Mac, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and macOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the United
States and other countries.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi ® , Wi-Fi Alliance ® and Wi-Fi Direct ® are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance ® .
WPA ™ , WPA2 ™ , and Wi-Fi Protected Setup ™ are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance ® .
Mopria ® and the Mopria ® logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
•
3
Home > Before You Use Your Machine > Important Notes
Important Notes
• Check support.brother.com
for Brother driver and software updates.
• To keep your machine performance up to date, check support.brother.com
for the latest firmware upgrade.
Otherwise, some of your machine's functions may not be available.
• Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and power regulations of that country.
• Windows 10 in this document represents Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
• Windows Server 2008 in this document represents Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
• In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the DCP-T720DW/MFC-T920DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the DCP-T720DW/MFC-T920DW are used unless otherwise specified.
• The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
• Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows 10 and macOS v10.15.x. Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
• The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
• In this document XXX-XXXX represents your machine's model name.
Related Information
•
4
Home > Introduction to Your Machine
Introduction to Your Machine
•
•
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
•
USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
5
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
• Make sure you have installed the correct software and drivers for your machine.
• For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Selecting the correct type of paper
For high quality printing, it is important to select the correct type of paper. Be sure to read the information about acceptable paper before buying paper, and to determine the printable area depending on the settings in the printer driver or in the application you use to print.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing when copying or fax receiving has finished.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
Firewall (Windows)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows Firewall and you installed the drivers using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
•
6
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. 1.8"(44.9 mm) Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
2. Mode Buttons
FAX
Press to switch the machine to Fax mode.
SCAN
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
COPY
Press to switch the machine to Copy mode.
PHOTO/WEB
Press to switch the machine to Photo/Web mode.
3. Settings Buttons
Clear/Back
Press to go back to the previous menu.
Settings
Press to access the main menu.
OK
Press to select a setting.
d
Press to access the ring volume adjustment menu while the machine is idle.
7
Press to access the ink menu while the machine is idle.
• Press to store Speed Dial and Group numbers in the machine's memory.
• Press to look up and dial numbers that are stored in the machine's memory.
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
a or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
d or c
• Press to move the cursor left or right on the LCD.
• Press to either confirm or cancel a procedure which is in progress.
4. Telephone Buttons
Hook
If the machine is in Fax/Tel (F/T) mode and you pick up the handset of an external telephone during the
F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring), press Hook to talk.
Redial/Pause
• Press to redial the last number you called.
• Press to select and redial the numbers from the Outgoing Call History or Caller ID History.
• Press to insert a pause when dialling numbers.
5. Dial Pad
• Use to dial fax and telephone numbers.
• Use as a keyboard to enter text or characters.
6.
Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
7. Start Buttons
Mono Start
• Press to start sending faxes in monochrome.
• Press to start making copies in monochrome.
• Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
Colour Start
• Press to start making copies in full colour.
• Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
8
8.
Power On/Off
Press to turn the machine on.
Press and hold to turn the machine off. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a few seconds before turning itself off. A connected external telephone or Telephone Answering Device (TAD) will always remain available.
If you turn the machine off using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected to a power source at all times.
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1 2 3 4 5
9
8
1. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
7 6
2.
Warning LED
Blinks in orange when the LCD displays an error or an important status message.
3. Menu Buttons
Menu
Press to access the main menu.
a or b
Press to scroll through the menus and options.
OK
Press to select a setting.
4.
Stop/Exit
• Press to stop an operation.
• Press to exit from a menu.
9
5.
Power On/Off
Press to turn the machine on.
Press and hold to turn the machine off. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on for a few seconds before turning itself off.
If you turn the machine off using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected to a power source at all times.
6. Start Buttons
Mono Start
• Press to start making copies in monochrome.
• Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
Colour Start
• Press to start making copies in full colour.
• Press to start scanning documents (in colour or monochrome, depending on the scan setting).
SCAN 7.
Press to switch the machine to Scan mode.
8. WiFi
Press to configure the wireless settings while the machine is idle.
9. Copy Buttons
• Enlarge/Reduce
Press to enlarge or reduce copies.
• Copy Quality
Press to temporarily change the quality of your copies.
• Copy / Scan Options
Press to access temporary settings for copying or scanning.
Related Information
•
10
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > LCD Overview
LCD Overview
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
The Home screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
Home Screen
1 2
01. 01. 2020
5 4 3
1.
Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On] .
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower.
2.
Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
The wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in the Home screen displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
3.
Date and Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
4.
Faxes in Memory
Displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
5.
Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
(For some countries)
When the Distinctive Ring feature is turned on, the LCD displays [D/R] .
Related Information
•
11
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
You may need to enter text on your machine.
Entering numbers, letters and symbols
• Hold down or repeatedly press a or b to select a character from this list: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789(space)!”#$%&’()*+,-./:;<=>?
@[\]^_`{|}~
• Press OK when the character or symbol you want is displayed, and then enter the next character.
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press Enlarge/Reduce or Copy / Scan
Options several times to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then, press a or b repeatedly to reenter the correct letter.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When you are setting certain menu selections, such as the Station ID, you may need to enter text into the machine. Most dial pad buttons have three or four letters printed on the buttons. The buttons for 0 , # and do not have printed letters because they are used for special characters.
Press the appropriate dial pad button the number of times shown in this reference table to access the character you want.
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
Press
Button
M
P
G
J
T
W
One Time Two
Times
A
D
B
E
N
Q
H
K
U
X
O
R
I
L
V
Y
Three
Times
C
F m
S j g t
Z a d
Four
Times n p h k u w b e
Five
Times o q l i v x f c
Six
Times
6 r
4
5
8 y
2
3
Seven
Times
M s
G
J
T z
Eight
Times
A
D
N
7
H
K
U
9
Nine
Times
B
E
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press a , b , d or c to select
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press a , b , d or c to select , and then press OK .
or , and then press OK .
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect number or letter and want to change it, press a , b , d or c to select or
Press OK several times to move the highlight to the incorrect character. Then, press a , b , d or c to select
, and press OK . Re-enter the correct letter.
.
12
Special characters and symbols
Press , # or 0 repeatedly until you see the special character or symbol you want.
Press
Press #
Press 0 Ä Ë Ö Ü À Ç È É 0
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
•
Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
•
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
•
13
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Brother > Brother Utilities .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click ( Brother Utilities ).
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities .
2. Select your machine.
3. Select the operation you want to use.
Related Information
•
•
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
14
Home > Introduction to Your Machine >
Access Brother Utilities (Windows) > Uninstall the Brother Software
and Drivers (Windows)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Brother > Brother Utilities .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click ( Brother Utilities ).
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities .
2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Uninstall .
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
•
Access Brother Utilities (Windows)
15
Home > Introduction to Your Machine > USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
USB / Ethernet Port Locations on Your Brother Machine
The USB and Ethernet ports are located inside the machine (Ethernet ports are available only for certain models).
To install the driver and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
1. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open position.
1
2. Locate the correct port (based on the cable you are using) inside the machine as shown.
Carefully guide the cable through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
Related Information
•
16
Paper Handling
•
•
17
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
•
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•
Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
•
•
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
18
Load Paper > Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
19
> Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo
2L Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Lift the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
20
1
2
5. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
6. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down .
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
21
IMPORTANT
• Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed problems.
• Loading more than 20 sheets of Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm) paper may cause paper jams.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
7. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
8. Close the output paper tray cover.
9. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
10. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
22
Related Topics:
•
Change the Check Paper Setting
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
23
> Load Legal Size Paper in the
Paper Tray
Load Legal Size Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
This operation is available only for some countries.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Lift the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Press the square paper tray expansion button (1) and slide out the paper tray until the square paper tray expansion button locks into the square LGL hole.
24
1
5. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
1
2
6. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
7. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down .
25
Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed problems.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
8. Gently adjust the paper width guides to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper.
9. Close the output paper tray cover.
10. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
26
11. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
27
> Load Photo Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Lift the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper size, and then lift the stopper (2).
28
1
2
5. Close the output paper tray cover.
6. Load up to 20 sheets of photo paper with the printing surface face down .
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
7. Lift the output paper tray cover.
8. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper width guides touch the edges of the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
9. Close the output paper tray cover.
10. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
29
11. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Change the Check Paper Setting
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
30
> Load Envelopes in the Paper
Tray
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
• You can load envelopes in a variety of sizes. See Related Information : Paper Type and Paper Size for
Each Operation .
• When you load envelopes in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
• Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as possible.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Lift the output paper tray cover (1).
1
4. Load up to 10 envelopes in the paper tray with the printing surface face down . Loading more than 10 envelopes may cause paper jams.
31
5. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and paper length guide (2) to fit the size of the envelopes.
Make sure the envelopes are flat in the tray.
1
IMPORTANT
2
If envelopes are multi-feeding, load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
6. Close the output paper tray cover.
7. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
32
8. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Change the Check Paper Setting
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
33
Load Paper > Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
Load special print media in this slot, one sheet of paper at a time.
NOTE
To prevent dust from entering the machine, be sure to close the cover if you are not using the manual feed slot.
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed slot.
1. Open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Lift the paper support.
3. Slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
34
4. Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot with the printing surface face up .
35
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as shown in the illustration.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT load more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any time. Doing this may cause a paper jam. When printing multiple pages, do not feed the next sheet of paper until the LCD displays a message instructing you to feed the next sheet.
• DO NOT load paper in the manual feed slot when you are printing from the paper tray. Doing this may cause a paper jam.
5. Using both hands, push one sheet of paper into the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed rollers. Release the paper when you feel the machine pull it. The LCD displays [Ready] . Follow the instructions displayed on the LCD.
When loading an envelope, or a sheet of thick paper, push the media into the manual feed slot until you feel the paper feed rollers pull it.
6. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
1
2
36
• If the document does not fit on one sheet, the machine will prompt you to load another sheet of paper.
Place another sheet of paper in the manual feed slot, and follow the instructions displayed on the LCD.
• Make sure printing has finished before you close the manual feed slot cover.
• When paper is placed in the manual feed slot, the machine always prints from the manual feed slot.
• The machine will eject any paper loaded in the manual feed slot while a test page, report, etc. is being printed.
• The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot during the machine's cleaning process.
Wait until the machine finishes its cleaning, and then load paper in the manual feed slot.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
37
Load Paper > Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Related Models : DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use the MP Tray for special print media, such as photo paper or envelopes.
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you set the paper in the MP tray, a message appears on the LCD, allowing you to change the paper size and paper type.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select has been set in the printer driver (Windows) or on the machine.
NOTE
To prevent dust from entering the machine, be sure to close the MP tray if you are not using the tray.
1. Open the MP tray using both hands.
2. Lift the paper support.
38
3. Gently press and slide the MP tray paper guides to match the width of the paper you are using.
4. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
• Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
• You can load only one sheet of Legal/Mexico Legal/India Legal/Folio size paper into the MP tray at a time.
5. Gently load the paper in the MP tray with the printing surface face up .
39
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as shown in the illustration.
If you are having difficulty loading paper in the MP tray, push the release lever (1) towards the back of the machine, and then load the paper.
1
6. Using both hands, gently adjust the MP tray paper guides to fit the paper.
• DO NOT press the paper guides too tightly against the paper. Doing this may cause the paper to fold and jam.
• Place the paper in the centre of the MP tray between the paper guides. If the paper is not centred, pull it out and insert it again at the centre position.
7. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
40
2
1
8. Change the paper size and paper type settings for the MP tray, if needed.
Make sure printing has finished before you close the MP tray.
NOTE
An MP tray cover is supplied with your machine in some countries. The cover is designed to prevent dust from entering the machine through the slot when you are using the MP tray. Follow these steps to install the cover to the MP tray.
1. Open the MP tray.
2. Using both hands, fit the two pins on the cover (1) into the holders in the front of the MP tray (2).
2 1
3. Pull the top of the MP tray cover slightly toward the front of the machine, and load paper in the MP tray with the printing surface face up.
4. Push the top of the MP tray cover until it is leaning against the MP tray.
41
Related Information
•
42
Unprintable Area
The unprintable area depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the unprintable areas on cut-sheet paper and envelopes. The machine can print in the shaded areas of cut-sheet paper only when the Borderless print feature is available and turned on.
Cut-Sheet Paper
Envelopes
Cut-Sheet
Envelopes
Top (1)
3 mm
12 mm
Left (2)
3 mm
3 mm
Bottom (3)
3 mm
12 mm
The Borderless print feature is not available for envelopes and 2-sided printing.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Right (4)
3 mm
3 mm
43
Paper Settings
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Change the Check Paper Setting
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
44
> Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Set the Paper Size and Paper Type settings for the paper tray.
• To get the best print quality, set the machine for the type of paper you are using.
• When you change the size of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting on the
LCD at the same time.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW) Select [Tray Setting] . Press OK .
c. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW) Select the tray option you want. Press OK .
d. Select [Paper Type] . Press OK .
e. Select [Plain Paper] , [Inkjet Paper] , [Brother BP71] or [Other Glossy] . Press OK .
f. Select [Paper Size] . Press OK .
g. Select the paper size option you want, and then press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Tray Setting] . Press OK .
c. Select the tray option you want. Press OK .
d. Select [Paper Type] . Press OK .
e. Select [Plain Paper] , [Inkjet Paper] , [Brother BP71] or [Other Glossy] . Press OK .
f. Select [Paper Size] . Press OK .
g. Select the paper size option you want, and then press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
45
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
46
> Change the Check Paper Setting
Change the Check Paper Setting
If this setting is set to [On] and the paper tray is removed or you load paper in the MP Tray, the LCD displays a message asking if you want to change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings.
The default setting is [On] .
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW) Select [Tray Setting] . Press OK .
c. Select [Check Paper] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Tray Setting] . Press OK .
c. Select [Check Paper] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] or [Off] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
47
Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
The print quality can be affected by the type of paper you use in the machine.
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Paper Type to match the type of paper you load.
You can use plain paper, inkjet paper (coated paper), glossy paper, recycled paper, and envelopes.
We recommend testing various paper types before buying large quantities.
For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on inkjet paper (coated paper) and glossy paper, be sure to select the correct print media in the printer driver or in the application you use to print, or the Paper Type setting on the machine.
• When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
• When using photo paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
• Avoid touching the printed surface of the paper immediately after printing; the surface may not be completely dry and may stain your fingers.
Related Information
•
•
•
•
Related Topics:
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
48
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Recommended Print
Media
Recommended Print Media
For the best print quality, we recommend using the Brother paper listed in the table.
Brother paper may not be available in all countries.
If Brother paper is not available in your country, we recommend testing various paper types before purchasing large quantities.
Brother paper
Paper Type
A4 Plain
A4 Glossy Photo
A4 Inkjet (Matte)
10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo
Item
BP60PA
BP71GA4
BP60MA
BP71GP
Related Information
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
49
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Handle and Use Print
Media
Handle and Use Print Media
• Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct sunlight and heat.
• Avoid touching the shiny (coated) side of photo paper.
• Some envelope sizes require that you set margins in the application. Make sure you do a test print first before printing many envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the following types of paper:
• Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped
1
1
1.
2 mm or greater curl may cause jams to occur.
• Extremely shiny or highly textured
• Paper that cannot be arranged uniformly when stacked
• Paper made with a short grain
DO NOT use envelopes that:
• Are loosely constructed
• Have windows
• Are embossed (have raised writing on them)
• Have clasps or staples
• Are pre-printed on the inside
• Are self-adhesive
• Have double flaps
Self-adhesive Double flaps
You may experience paper feed problems caused by the thickness, size and flap shape of the envelopes you are using.
Related Information
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Related Topics:
•
50
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media
Choose the Right Print Media
•
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
•
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
•
•
Load Cut-Sheet Paper or Photo 2L Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Photo Paper in the Paper Tray
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
51
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type and Paper Size for Each Operation
Paper Type Paper Size Usage
Copy Printer
Cut-Sheet A4
Letter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Photo
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Legal
Mexico Legal
India Legal
Folio
Executive
210 x 297 mm
215.9 x 279.4
mm
215.9 x 355.6
mm
215.9 x 339.85
mm
215 x 345 mm
215.9 x 330.2
mm
184.1 x 266.7
mm
182 x 257 mm
128 x 182 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cards
Envelopes
JIS B5
JIS B6
A5
A6
Photo
Photo L
Photo 2L
Index Card
C5 Envelope
DL Envelope
Com-10
Monarch
148 x 210 mm
105 x 148 mm
10 x 15 cm
9 x 13 cm
13 x 18 cm
13 x 20 cm
162 x 229 mm
110 x 220 mm
104.7 x 241.3
mm
98.4 x 190.5 mm -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
-
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
2
3
4
MFC models only
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW only
Supported only in some countries.
Supported only in some countries.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Load Envelopes in the Paper Tray
52
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Tray
Manual Feed Slot
(DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6
(JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x
8")/(13 x 20 cm)
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6
(JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x
13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x
7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card
(5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6
(JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x
13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x
7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card
(5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Paper Types
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
Inkjet Paper
Glossy Paper, Photo
Index Card
Envelopes
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper, Photo, Index Card and Envelopes
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
Inkjet Paper, Glossy Paper, and Photo
Index Card
Envelopes
No. of sheets
20
20
30
10
1
1 (Over A4/Letter)
1 (Over A4/Letter)
20
10
1
2
3
Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, B5 (JIS) and B6 (JIS) size paper are supported only in some countries.
When using plain paper 80 gsm
We recommend using MP tray for glossy paper.
Related Information
•
53
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media >
Media > Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Type
Cut-Sheet
Weight
64 to 120 gsm
Thickness
0.08 to 0.15 mm Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
Inkjet Paper
64 to 200 gsm
Up to 220 gsm
0.08 to 0.25 mm
Up to 0.25 mm
Cards
Envelopes
Photo Card
Index Card
Up to 220 gsm
Up to 120 gsm
80 to 95 gsm
1
2
BP71 260 gsm paper is specially designed for Brother inkjet machines.
Up to 300 gsm for Manual Feed Slot (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW )
Up to 0.25 mm
Up to 0.15 mm
Up to 0.52 mm
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
54
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents
Load Documents
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
55
Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
The ADF can hold multiple pages and feeds each sheet individually.
Use paper that is within the sizes and weights shown in the table. Always fan the pages before placing them in the ADF.
Document Sizes and Weights
Width:
Paper Weight:
148 to 355.6 mm
148 to 215.9 mm
64 to 90 gsm
1 Documents that are longer than 297 mm must be fed one page at a time.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
• DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper clipped, pasted or taped.
• DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper or fabric.
• Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
1. Lift and unfold the ADF document support (1).
1
2. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
3. Adjust the paper guides (1) to fit the document size.
1
4. Place your document, face down , top edge first in the ADF underneath the paper guides until you feel the document touch the feed rollers and the LCD displays [ADF Ready] .
IMPORTANT
DO NOT leave any documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
56
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
57
Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length:
Width:
Weight:
Up to 297 mm
Up to 215.9 mm
Up to 2 kg
(ADF models)
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty and the ADF document support must be closed.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document face down in the upper left corner of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
3. Close the document cover.
IMPORTANT
If you are scanning a book or thick document, DO NOT forcefully close or press on the document cover.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
•
58
Load Documents > Unscannable Area
Unscannable Area
The unscannable area of a page depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the typical unscannable measurements.
Usage Document Size
A4
Letter
Legal
All paper sizes Copy
Scan
1
2
MFC models only
The unscannable area is 1 mm when using the ADF.
Related Information
•
Top (1)
Bottom (3)
3 mm
3 mm
1 mm
Left (2)
Right (4)
3 mm
4 mm
3 mm
1 mm
59
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
•
60
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
•
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Manually (Manual 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
•
Print as a Booklet Manually (Windows)
•
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows)
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
•
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
61
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Photo (Windows)
Print a Photo (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. Select the Borderless check box, if needed.
8. For Colour / Greyscale , select Colour .
9. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
10. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK .
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
62
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Document (Windows)
Print a Document (Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. For Colour / Greyscale , select the Colour or Greyscale option.
8. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
9. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
10. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets, click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click OK .
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
63
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows)
If a print job was sent to the print queue and did not print, or was sent to the print queue in error, you may have to delete it to allow subsequent jobs to print.
1. Double-click the printer icon in the task tray.
2. Select the print job you want to cancel.
3. Click the Document menu.
4. Select Cancel .
5. Click Yes .
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
64
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Windows)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 2 in 1 , 4 in 1 , 9 in 1 , or 16 in 1 option.
6. Click the Page Order drop-down list, and then select your page order.
7. Click the Border Line drop-down list, and then select your border line type.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click OK , and then complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
65
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print as a Poster (Windows)
Print as a Poster (Windows)
Enlarge your print size and print the document in poster mode.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 1 in 2x2 Pages or 1 in 3x3 Pages option.
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK .
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
66
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Windows)
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select 2-sided .
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait
Long Edge (Left)
Description
Long Edge (Right)
67
Option for Portrait
Short Edge (Top)
Description
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
9. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click OK again, and then complete your print operation.
68
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
•
69
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print on Both Sides of the Paper Manually (Manual
2-sided Printing) (Windows)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Manually (Manual 2-sided Printing)
(Windows)
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
The machine prints all the odd-numbered pages on one side of the paper first. Then, a pop-up message on your computer screen instructs you to reload the odd pages into the machine so it can print the even-numbered pages.
• Before reloading the paper, fan and straighten it to avoid paper jams.
• Very thin or thick paper is not recommended.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
• The 2-sided printing function may not be suitable for all types of documents and images. If you experience repeat paper jams or poor print quality during 2-sided printing, we recommend using 1-sided printing.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select 2-sided (Manual) .
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait
Long Edge (Left)
Description
Long Edge (Right)
70
Option for Portrait
Short Edge (Top)
Description
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
9. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click OK , and then start printing.
71
12. Click OK to print the first side of the pages.
The machine prints all the odd numbered pages first. Then, the printing stops and a pop-up message on your computer screen instructs you to reload the paper.
13. Reload the paper.
14. Click OK .
The even numbered pages will be printed.
If the paper is not feeding correctly, it may be curled. Remove the paper, straighten it, and put it back in the paper tray.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Print as a Booklet Manually (Windows)
72
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the centre of the print output without having to change the order of the printed pages.
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select the Booklet option.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
73
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the Booklet Printing Method menu.
Option
All Pages at
Once
Description
Every page will be printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at the centre of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of pages.
9. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
10. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click OK .
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
74
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print as a Booklet Manually (Windows)
Print as a Booklet Manually (Windows)
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the centre of the print output without having to change the order of the printed pages.
• Before reloading the paper, fan and straighten it to avoid paper jams.
• Very thin or thick paper is not recommended.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
• The 2-sided printing function may not be suitable for all types of documents and images. If you experience repeat paper jams or poor print quality during 2-sided printing, we recommend using 1-sided printing.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select the Booklet (Manual) option.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2-sided Type menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
75
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the Booklet Printing Method menu.
Option
All Pages at
Once
Description
Every page is printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at the centre of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of pages.
9. Select the Binding Offset check box to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
10. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click OK , and then start printing.
13. Click OK to print the first side of the pages.
The machine prints all the odd numbered pages first. Then, the printing stops and a pop-up message on your computer screen instructs you to reload the paper.
14. Reload the paper.
15. Click OK .
The even numbered pages are printed.
If the paper is not feeding correctly, it may be curled. Remove the paper, straighten it, and put it back in the paper tray.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Manually (Manual 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
76
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour, selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. For Colour / Greyscale , select Greyscale .
5. Change other printer settings, if needed.
6. Click OK .
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
77
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Other Print Options button.
5. Select the Reduce Smudge option on the left side of the screen.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type
Plain Paper
(DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Plain Paper
(DCP-T520W/
DCP-T525W)
Option
2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Off / On
Off / On
Description
Select Off to print at normal speed, using a standard amount of ink.
Select On to print at a slower speed, using less ink. Printouts may be lighter than they appear in
Print Preview.
Glossy Paper Off / On
Select Off to print at normal speed, using a standard amount of ink.
Select On to print at a slower speed, using less ink. Printouts may be lighter than they appear in
Print Preview.
Select Off to print at normal speed, using a standard amount of ink.
Select On to print at a slower speed, using less ink. Printouts may be lighter than they appear in
Print Preview.
7. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
8. Click OK .
9. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
78
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
Print Profiles are presets designed to give you quick access to frequently-used printing configurations.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Print Profiles tab.
4. Select your profile from the print profile list.
The profile settings are shown on the left side of the printer driver window.
5. Do one of the following:
• If the settings are correct for your print job, click OK .
• To change the settings, go back to the Basic or Advanced tab, change settings, and then click OK .
To display the Print Profiles tab at the front of the window the next time you print, select the Always show
Print Profiles tab first.
check box.
79
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
80
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows) > Create or
Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows)
Add up to 20 new print profiles with customised settings.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Do one of the following:
To create a new print profile: a. Click the Basic tab and the Advanced tab, and configure the print settings you want for the new Print
Profile.
b. Click the Print Profiles tab.
c. Click Add Profile .
The Add Profile dialog box appears.
d. Type the new profile name in the Name field.
e. Click the icon you want to use to represent this profile from the icon list.
f. Click OK .
The new Print Profile name is added to the list in the Print Profiles tab.
To delete a print profile that you created: a. Click the Print Profiles tab.
b. Click Delete Profile .
The Delete Profile dialog box appears.
c. Select the profile you want to delete.
d. Click Delete .
e. Click Yes .
f. Click Close .
Related Information
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
81
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that application. To change print settings for all Windows applications, you must configure the printer driver properties.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings , and then click Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings , and then click Control Panel . In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows Server 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers .
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer icon (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then select Printer properties . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer properties dialog box appears.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences...
or Preferences...
button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows programs.
5. Click OK .
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
82
> Print from Your Computer (Windows)
> Print Settings (Windows)
Print Settings (Windows)
Basic Tab
1. Media Type
Select the media type you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality
Select the print quality you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Size
Select the paper size you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom paper size.
83
Borderless
Select this option to print photos without borders. Because the image data is created slightly larger than the paper size you are using, this will cause some cropping of the photo edges.
You may not be able to select the Borderless option for some combinations of media type and quality, or from some applications.
4. Colour / Greyscale
Select colour or greyscale printing. The print speed is faster in greyscale mode than it is in colour mode. If your document contains colour and you select greyscale mode, your document will be printed using 256 levels of greyscale.
5. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
6. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
Reverse Order
Select this option to print your document in reverse order. The last page of your document will be printed first.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper, or print one page of your document on multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper, or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each orientation.
9. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
84
Advanced Tab
1. Colour Enhancement
Select this option to use the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to improve its sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending on the image size and your computer's specifications.
2. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free [ 25 - 400 % ]
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a value into the field.
3. Mirror Print
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
4. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
85
5. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
6. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
7. Other Print Options button
Advanced Colour Settings
Select the method that the machine uses to arrange dots to express halftones.
The printout colour can be adjusted to achieve the closest match to what appears on your computer screen.
(DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W) Advanced Quality Settings
Select this option to print your documents at the highest quality.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Retrieve Printer's Colour Data
Select this option to optimise the print quality using the machine's factory settings, which are set specifically for your Brother machine. Use this option when you have replaced the machine or changed the machine's network address.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Reduce Ink Density
Select this feature to conserve ink. Printouts use less ink and are lighter than they appear in Print Preview.
Related Information
•
Print from Your Computer (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows)
•
•
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows)
•
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows)
•
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows)
•
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows)
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
86
> Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
•
Print Photos or Documents Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
•
•
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&Scan (N in
•
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
87
> Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac) > Print Photos or Documents Using Brother
iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print Photos or Documents Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
For photo printing:
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
2. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
3. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
4. Click Print .
5. Do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Photo or Document .
• Mac
Click Photo or PDF .
6. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Next .
• Mac
Click Open .
88
• The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application.
• Use the latest application. See Related Information .
• When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print .
IMPORTANT
For photo printing:
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to match the type of paper you load.
Related Information
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
Related Topics:
•
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
89
> Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper
Automatically Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Automatic 2-sided Printing)(Windows/Mac)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Automatic 2-sided Printing)(Windows/Mac)
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click Print .
4. Do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Document .
• Mac
Click PDF .
5. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Next .
• Mac
Click Open .
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Select one of the options from the 2-sided drop-down list.
Two types of 2-sided binding are available:
90
Option
On (Flip on long edge)
Description
On (Flip on short edge)
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print .
Related Information
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
91
> Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac) > Print More Than One Page on a Single
Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&Scan (N in 1) (Windows)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper Using Brother iPrint&Scan (N in 1) (Windows)
1. Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click Print .
4. Click Document .
5. Select the file you want to print, and then click Next .
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Click the Layout drop-down list, and then select the number of pages to print on each sheet.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print .
Related Information
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
92
> Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac) > Print a Colour Document in Greyscale
Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale Using Brother iPrint&Scan
(Windows/Mac)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour, selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click Print .
4. Do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Photo or Document .
• Mac
Click Photo or PDF .
5. Select the file you want to print, and then do one of the following:
• Windows
Click Next .
• Mac
Click Open .
When printing documents with many pages, you can also select the pages you want to print.
6. Click the Colour / Mono drop-down list, and then select the Mono option.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print .
Related Information
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
93
> Print an Email Attachment
Print an Email Attachment
You can print files by emailing them to your Brother machine.
• You can attach up to 10 documents, 20 MB in total, to an email.
• This feature supports the following formats:
Document files: PDF, TXT, and Microsoft Office files
Image files: JPEG, BMP, GIF, PNG, and TIFF
• The machine prints both the email content and attachments by default. To print only email attachments, change the settings as necessary.
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click ( Machine Settings ) to configure the settings.
4. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
5. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Online Functions > Online Functions Settings .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
6. Click the I accept the terms and conditions button.
The machine prints the Instruction Sheet.
7. Send your email to the email address included on the sheet. The machine prints the email attachments.
To change the settings, including email address and printer settings, click the Advanced Settings web page link.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
94
Scan
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
•
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
•
95
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
•
•
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
•
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
•
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
•
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows
•
Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&Scan
96
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use Brother iPrint&Scan.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [Image] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected to a network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press Copy / Scan Options , and then go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
To use scan options, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
7. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Colour Setting]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
97
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [to Image] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK .
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK .
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK .
Option
Colour Setting
Description
Select the scan colour format of your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
98
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF
File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use Brother iPrint&Scan.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [File] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected to a network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press Copy / Scan Options , and then go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
To use scan options, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
7. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Colour Setting]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
99
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [to File] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK .
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK .
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK .
Option
Colour Setting
Description
Select the scan colour format of your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
100
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Scan documents and save them directly to a USB flash drive without using a computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
3. Press a or b to select [Scan to Media] , and then press OK .
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK .
Option
Colour Setting
Description
Select the scan colour format of your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
File Name
Margin Settings
Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items appear in the file names.
Remove Background Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
Adjust the margins in your document.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
101
•
102
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine >
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash
Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Your Brother machine has a media drive (slot) for use with common data storage.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB Flash Drive
Related Information
•
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
•
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
103
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR) technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use Brother iPrint&Scan.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [OCR] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected to a network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press Copy / Scan Options , and then go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
To use scan options, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
7. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Colour Setting]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
104
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [to OCR] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK .
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK .
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK .
Option
Colour Setting
Description
Select the scan colour format of your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
105
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Save Scanned Data as an Email
Attachment
Save Scanned Data as an Email Attachment
Send the scanned data from your machine to your email application as an attachment.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use Brother iPrint&Scan.
• To scan to email using the machine's Scan Button, make sure you select one of these applications in
Brother iPrint&Scan:
Windows: Microsoft Outlook
Mac: Apple Mail
For other applications and Webmail services, use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a document, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [Scan to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [E-mail] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected to a network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press Copy / Scan Options , and then go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
To use scan options, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
106
7. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting.
• [Colour Setting]
• [Resolution]
• [File Type]
• [Document Size]
• [Remove Bkg Clr]
8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the [to E-mail] option, and then press OK .
5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
If the LCD message prompts you to enter a PIN, use the control panel to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, go to the next step.
• To use the default settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
[Colour Setting] depends on the default settings. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
7. Press a or b to select the [Scan Settings] option, and then press OK .
To use the [Scan Settings] option, you must connect a computer with Brother iPrint&Scan installed to the machine.
8. Press a or b to select the [Set at Device] option, and then press OK .
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press OK .
Option
Colour Setting
Description
Select the scan colour format of your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Remove Background Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
10. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
107
[Colour Setting] depends on the settings you have selected. Pressing Mono Start or Colour Start does not allow you to change the settings.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
108
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows 7, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 users to scan using a Brother machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
•
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and
•
Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows
•
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
109
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine >
Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) > Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for
Scanning (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows 7,
Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
• Make sure you have installed the correct software and drivers for your machine.
• Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
• You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device .
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices .
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC Address / Ethernet Address)).
• Windows 8.1/Windows 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows 8.1/Windows 10
Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• Windows 7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or ( Remove device ).
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
110
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine >
Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) > Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine
(Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
Scan Using Web Services from Your Machine (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu on your Brother machine's LCD.
• Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
• If the LCD displays an insufficient memory error message, choose a smaller size in the Paper size setting or a lower resolution in the Resolution (DPI) setting.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to select the [Web Service] option, and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want, and then press OK .
5. Press a or b to select the computer where you want to send data, and then press OK .
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine starts scanning.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( SCAN ).
3. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [WS Scan] . Press OK .
b. Select the type of scan you want. Press OK .
c. Select the computer where you want to send data. Press OK .
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
111
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine >
Web Services for Scanning on Your
Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10) > Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings , and then click Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers .
2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles...
. The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a machine that supports Web Services for scanning, and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit...
.
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source , Paper size , Colour format , File type , Resolution (DPI) , Brightness and Contrast settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows Fax and Scan from the list.
Related Information
•
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows 7, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10)
112
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine > Change Scan Settings Using Brother
iPrint&Scan
Change Scan Settings Using Brother iPrint&Scan
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to change the machine's Scan Button settings.
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan settings, such as document size, colour, and resolution.
Related Information
•
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Machine
113
Home > Scan > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
•
114
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your machine. Use the software applications we provide or use your favourite scanning application.
•
Scan Using Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
•
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
115
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE or Other
Windows Applications
Scan Using Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
You can use the Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE application for scanning.
• To download the Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE application, click ( Brother Utilities ), select Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort .
• Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE supports Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro,
Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
• For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort ™ 14SE. For other Windows applications, the steps will be similar. PaperPort ™ 14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
• Depending on the model of your machine, Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE may not be included. If it is not included, you can use other software applications that support scanning.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort ™ 14SE.
Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort .
• Windows 8.1
Click ( PaperPort ).
• Windows 7
Using your computer, click (Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort .
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select .
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother XXX-XXXX
LAN (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model).
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan .
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
116
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
10. Click PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click Start .
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
•
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
117
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE or Other
Windows Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows)
Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
1. Scan
Select the Photo or Document option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type)
Photo
Document
Resolution
Use for scanning photo images.
300 x 300 dpi
Use for scanning text documents.
300 x 300 dpi
Scan Type
24bit Colour
24bit Colour
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
• Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
118
• Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
• True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey.
• 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom , the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document size.
5. Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create separate files or a single multi-page file.
6. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings link in the Scanner Setup dialog box.
• Document Correction
Margin Settings
Adjust the margins in your document.
Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected colour and range.
• Image Quality
Diffusion Adjustment -Grey
Adjust the diffusion when selecting the Grey (Error Diffusion) option from the Scan Type drop-down list.
Colour Tone Adjustment
Adjust the colour tone
Background Processing
• Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
• Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
Colour Drop
Select a colour to remove from the scanned image.
Edge Emphasis
Sharpen the characters in the original.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is available when selecting the 24bit Colour option and the 300 x 300 dpi , 400 x 400 dpi , or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
• B&W Image Quality
B&W Threshold Adjustment
Adjust the threshold to generate a monochrome image.
Character Correction
119
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
B&W Inversion
Invert black and white in the monochrome image.
• Feed Control
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) Layout
Select the layout.
Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select whether to continue scanning or finish.
Related Information
•
Scan Using Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE or Other Windows Applications
120
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
Windows Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
• Windows Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver.
• If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch Windows Fax and Scan.
3. Click File > New > Scan .
4. Select the scanner you want to use.
5. Click OK .
The New Scan dialog box appears.
6. Adjust the settings in the dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use the Scanner Utility software from Brother Utilities .
7. Click Scan .
The machine starts scanning the document.
Related Information
•
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
121
•
122
Scan from Your Computer (Windows)
> Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
> WIA Driver
Settings (Windows)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows)
Profile
Select the scan profile you want to use from the Profile drop-down list.
Source
Select the Flatbed or Feeder (Scan one side) option from the drop-down list.
Paper size
The Paper size option is available if you select the Feeder (Scan one side) as the Source option.
Colour format
Select a scan colour format from the Colour format drop-down list.
File type
Select a file format from the File type drop-down list.
Resolution (DPI)
Set a scanning resolution in the Resolution (DPI) field. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
123
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set the brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in the field to set the contrast level.
Related Information
•
Scan Using Windows Fax and Scan
124
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
•
125
Copy
•
•
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
•
•
Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
•
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
•
•
126
Copy a Document
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
a. Press Copy / Scan Options on the control panel.
b. Press a or b to select the copy settings you want, and then press OK .
5. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
To interrupt copying, press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press ( COPY ).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Quality
Normal
Tray Select
Auto Tray Select
01
Paper Type
4. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Change the copy settings, if needed.
Press a or b to scroll through the copy settings. Select a copy setting, and then press OK .
• When you load paper other than A4 size plain paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and
[Paper Type] settings.
6. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
To interrupt copying, press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
127
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
3. Press Enlarge/Reduce on the control panel.
4. Press a or b to select the available options. Press OK .
5. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use. Press OK .
• If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to
[400%] . Press OK .
• If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
6. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in the machine.
• The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place the document face down in the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( COPY ).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce] . Press OK .
5. Press a or b to select the available options. Press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use. Press OK .
128
• If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to
[400%] . Press OK .
• If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. When finished, press Mono Start or Colour Start .
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in the machine.
• The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place the document face down in the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
Related Information
•
129
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
3. Press Copy / Scan Options and a or b to select [Stack/Sort] . Press OK .
4. Press a or b to select [Sort] . Press OK .
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the document and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press b to start printing.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( COPY ).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Stack/Sort] . Press OK .
b. Select [Sort] . Press OK .
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the document and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
Related Information
•
130
Home > Copy > Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
Make Page Layout Copies (N in 1 or Poster)
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
The poster feature divides your document into sections, then enlarges the sections so you can assemble them into a poster. To print a poster, use the scanner glass.
• Make sure the paper size is set to A4, or Letter.
• You can make only one Poster copy at a time.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
3. Press Copy / Scan Options and a or b to select [Layout(2in1 ID)] . Press OK .
4. Press a or b to display the options, and then press OK to select the option you want.
Option
Off(1in1)
2in1 ID Vert.
(Using the scanner glass)
-
Description
2in1 ID Horiz.
(Using the scanner glass)
131
Option
2in1(P)
2in1(L)
4in1(P)
4in1(L)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
Description
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
6. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press b to start printing.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( COPY ).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout] . Press OK .
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press OK to select the option you want.
Option
Off(1in1)
2in1(Portrait)
-
Description
2in1(Landscape)
2in1 ID Vertical
(Using the scanner glass)
132
Option
2in1 ID Horizontal
(Using the scanner glass)
Description
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
Related Information
•
133
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
• You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
• The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
• When you manually make 2-sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
• You can use only A4, A5, or Letter size plain paper.
Portrait
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
2–sided to 2–sided
2 2
Landscape
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
2–sided to 2–sided
>> DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
3. Press Copy / Scan Options .
4. To sort multiple copies, press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Stack/Sort] . Press OK .
b. Select [Sort] . Press OK .
134
5. Press a or b to select [2-sided] . Press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, press a or b to select the following: a. To change the layout options, select [Layout] . Press OK .
b. Select [Long Edge Flip] or [Short Edge Flip] . Press OK .
c. Select [1sided
⇒
2sided] . Press OK .
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press a or b to select [2sided ⇒ 2sided] .
Press OK .
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press b to start printing.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, follow these steps:
1. Press Menu .
2. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
3. Select [Print Options] . Press OK .
4. Select [ReduceSmudging] . Press OK .
5. Change settings. Press OK .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( COPY ).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Stack/Sort] . Press OK .
b. Select [Sort] . Press OK .
5. Press a or b to select [2-sided Copy] . Press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, press a or b to select the following: a. To change the layout options, select [Layout] . Press OK .
b. Select [Long Edge Flip] or [Short Edge Flip] . Press OK .
c. Select [1sided
⇒
2sided] . Press OK .
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press a or b to select [2sided ⇒ 2sided] .
Press OK .
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Press Mono Start or Colour Start . If you placed the document in the ADF (ADF models only), the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c to scan the page.
135
• After scanning all the pages, press d to start printing.
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, follow these steps:
1. Press (Ink).
2. Select [Print Options] . Press OK .
3. Select [Reduce Smudging] . Press OK .
4. Change settings. Press OK .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
136
Copy an ID Card
Use the [2in1(ID)] feature to copy both sides of an identification card onto one page, keeping the original card size.
• Make sure the paper size is set to A4 or Letter.
• You may copy an identification card to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed information, see the Product Safety Guide .
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
2 in 1 ID (Vertical) 2 in 1 ID (Horizontal) a a a d c a d b c b a. 3 mm or greater (top, left) b. 145 mm c. 2 in 1 ID (Vertical): 207 mm
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal): 102 mm d. Scannable area
2. Press a or b to select the number of copies.
3. Press Copy / Scan Options and a or b to select [Layout(2in1 ID)] . Press OK .
4. Press a or b to select [2in1 ID Vert.] or [2in1 ID Horiz.] . Press OK .
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press a to scan the other side.
137
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
2 in 1 ID (Vertical) 2 in 1 ID (Horizontal) a a a d c a d b c b a. 3 mm or greater (top, left) b. 145 mm c. 2 in 1 ID (Vertical): 207 mm
2 in 1 ID (Horizontal): 102 mm d. Scannable area
2. Press ( COPY ).
3. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Page Layout] . Press OK .
b. Select [2in1 ID Vertical] or [2in1 ID Horizontal] . Press OK .
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press c to scan the other side.
Related Information
•
138
Copy Settings
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
To change copy settings, press Copy / Scan Options .
Option
Layout(2in1 ID)
Description
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in1 Poster
Quality
Tray Select
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
Remove Bkg Clr
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Select the tray with the best paper type and size for your document.
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get the best print quality.
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
100%
Enlarge
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce
Fit to Page
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white becomes more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
2-sided Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
139
Option
(DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Description
1-sided→2-sided
2-sided→2-sided
Stack/Sort
2 2
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack Sort
1
1
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
To change copy settings, press
2
( COPY ).
2
Option
Quality
Tray Select
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Density
Remove Background
2
1
2
1
Description
Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Select the tray with the best paper type and size for your document.
Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get the best print quality.
Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
100% -
Enlarge
Reduce
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Custom(25-400%)
Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white becomes more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
2-sided Copy Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
140
Option Description
1-sided→2-sided
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
2-sided→2-sided
2 2
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack Sort
1
1
2
2
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in1
2
1
Poster
2
1
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
141
Fax
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
•
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
142
> Send a Fax
Send a Fax
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
•
•
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
•
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
•
•
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•
143
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
NOTE
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press ( FAX ).
The LCD displays:
Press Start
Enter Number
Fax Resolution
Standard
Contrast
Auto
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
• Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
• Redial (Redial the last number you dialled.)
Press Redial/Pause .
• Outgoing call (Select a number from the Outgoing Call History.)
Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Call History] . Press OK .
b. Select [Outgoing Call] . Press OK .
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK .
d. Press c to select [Apply] .
• Caller ID (Select a number from the Caller ID History.)
(Not available for Taiwan and some countries)
Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Call History] . Press OK .
b. Select [Caller ID History] . Press OK .
c. Select the number you want, and then press OK .
d. Press c to select [Apply] .
• [Address Book] (Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Address Book] . Press OK .
b. Select [Search] . Press OK .
c. Do one of the following:
Enter the two-digit Speed Dial number using the dial pad.
Select a number from the list using these steps: i. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order] . Press OK .
ii. Select the number you want. Press OK .
iii. Press c to select [Apply] .
144
4. To change the fax settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK .
5. When finished, press Mono Start .
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass and pressed Mono Start , the machine starts scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
7. When the LCD displays [Next page?] , do one of the following:
• Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c . The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
• Press d to send the fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
145
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialling, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
NOTE
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
(Not available in South Africa)
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( FAX ).
3. Press Hook and listen for a dial tone.
4. Enter the fax number.
5. When you hear fax tones, press Mono Start .
• If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
(For South Africa only)
To send a fax manually, do the following:
Load your document. To listen for a dial tone, pick up the handset of the external telephone. Dial the fax number using the external telephone. When you hear fax tones, press Mono Start . If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.. Replace the handset of the external phone.
Related Information
•
146
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
NOTE
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press Mono Start .
• If you are using the scanner glass, press c to send a fax.
4. Replace the handset of the external telephone.
Related Information
•
147
> Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
• Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialling.
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers, and up to 50 manually-dialled numbers in the same broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 90 different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( FAX ).
3. Press a or b to select [Broadcasting] , and then press OK .
4. Press a or b to select [Add Number] , and then press OK .
5. You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Enter a number using the dial pad: a. Press a or b to select [Add Number] , and then press OK .
b. Enter a number using the dial pad, and then press OK .
• Select a number from the Address Book: a. Press a or b to select [Add from Address book] , and then press OK .
b. Press a or b to select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order] , and then press OK .
c. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name or number you want.
d. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial name or number, and then press
OK .
• Search a number in the Address Book: a. Press a or b to select [Search in Address book] , and then press OK .
b. Enter the first letter of the name using the dial pad, and then press OK .
c. Press a or b to select the name, and then press OK .
d. Press OK again.
6. When finished, press a or b to select [Complete] . Press OK .
7. Press Mono Start .
8. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the LCD displays [Next page?] , do one of the following:
Press c to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press c . The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Press d to send a fax when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
148
If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press Stop/Exit to cancel.
Related Information
•
•
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Topics:
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
149
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
While broadcasting multiple faxes, you can cancel just the fax currently being transmitted or cancel the whole broadcast job.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Remaining Jobs] . Press OK .
The LCD displays the fax number being dialled and the broadcasting job number.
3. Press a or b to select the job you want to cancel in the following ways:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, select the broadcasting job number and then press OK .
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
• To cancel the current number being dialled, select the name or number on the LCD and then press OK .
Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
• To exit without cancelling, press Stop/Exit .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
150
> Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the telephone line is free, the machine starts dialling and sending. If you want to send an important document immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX] .
• In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
NOTE
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Load your document.
2. Press ( FAX ).
3. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Real Time TX] . Press OK .
b. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
4. Enter the fax number.
5. Press Mono Start .
Related Information
•
151
> Send a Fax > Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the line is busy when you are sending a fax automatically, and the Fax Auto Redial is set to [On] , the machine redials up to three times at five-minute intervals.
The default setting for Fax Auto Redial is [On] .
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Fax Auto Redial] . Press OK .
c. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
152
> Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Stop/Exit to cancel a fax that is already in progress.
2. When you press Stop/Exit while the machine is dialling or sending, the LCD displays [Cancel Job?] .
Press c to confirm.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
153
> Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Follow these steps to view or to cancel faxes stored in the machine's memory and waiting to be sent. If there are no fax jobs in memory, the LCD displays [No Jobs Waiting] . You can cancel a fax job before it is sent.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Remaining Jobs] . Press OK .
3. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel: a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, select the job you want to cancel and then press
OK .
b. Press c to confirm or press d to exit without cancelling.
4. When finished, press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
154
Fax Options
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
To change fax-sending settings, press
Option
Fax Resolution
Contrast
Glass Scan Size
Broadcasting
Real Time TX
Overseas Mode
Call History
Address Book
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
•
( FAX ).
Description
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast may improve the fax quality.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
See Related Information : Scanner Specifications in Specifications .
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the same time.
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Select a number from the Call History.
Select a number from the Address Book.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
155
> Receive a Fax
Receive a Fax
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
•
•
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
•
156
> Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
157
Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Some receive modes answer automatically ( [Fax Only] and [Fax/Tel] ). You may want to change the Ring
Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only
[Fax Only] mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel
[Fax/Tel] mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognising whether they are fax or voice calls and handling them in one of the following ways:
• Faxes are received automatically.
• Voice calls start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the line. The F/T ring is a pseudo/double-ring made by your machine.
Manual
To receive a fax in [Manual] mode, lift the handset of the external telephone or press the Hook
When you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive a fax. You can also use the Fax Detect feature to receive faxes by lifting a handset on the same line as the machine.
External TAD
[External TAD] mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls are handled in the following ways:
• Faxes are received automatically.
• Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
•
•
1 Not available in South Africa
158
Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You must choose a Receive Mode depending on the external devices and telephone services you have on your line.
By default, your machine automatically will receive any faxes that are sent to it. The diagram below will help you select the correct mode.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Receive Mode] . Press OK .
(For some countries)
If you cannot change the [Receive Mode] option, make sure the Distinctive Ring feature is set to [Off] .
3. Press a or b to select the [Fax Only] , [Fax/Tel] , [External TAD] , or [Manual] option, and then press OK .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
•
159
Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in the Ring Delay option.
• The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in [Fax Only] and
[Fax/Tel] modes.
• If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, select the maximum number of rings.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Ring Delay] . Press OK .
d. Select the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers. Press OK .
• If you select [0] , the machine answers immediately and the line will not ring at all. (available only for some countries)
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
•
160
Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When you set the Receive Mode to [Fax/Tel] , if the call is a fax, your machine will receive it automatically.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
Because the F/T ring is a setting only on your Brother machine, extension and external telephones will not ring; however, you can still answer the machine's call on any telephone.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [F/T Ring Time] . Press OK .
d. Select how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set time.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
161
> Receive a Fax > Set Fax Detect
Set Fax Detect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If Fax Detect is On: The machine receives a fax call automatically, even if you answer the call. When the message that your machine is receiving a fax appears on the LCD or when you hear “chirps” through the handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Fax Detect is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call by lifting the handset, press the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension or external telephone, press * 51 .
• If Fax Detect is set to [On] , but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension or external telephone handset, press the remote activation code * 51 .
• If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Fax Detect to [Off] .
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Fax Detect] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
•
162
> Receive a Fax > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When the [Auto Reduction] feature is [On] , your Brother machine reduces any oversized incoming fax page to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio using the page size of the fax, and your Paper
Size setting.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Auto Reduction] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
163
> Receive a Fax > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Set the machine to print the date and time of receipt at the top of each incoming fax page. Make sure you have set the current date and time on the machine.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Fax Rx Stamp] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
164
> Receive a Fax > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your machine and the other party is also speaking on a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax before you both hang up.
• Your machine's ADF must be empty.
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press Mono Start .
3. Press d to receive the fax.
4. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
•
165
> Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
• PC-Fax Receive
• Off
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
166
Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows only)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature to automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• Before you can set up PC-Fax Receive, you must install the Brother software and drivers on your computer. Make sure your computer is connected and turned on. You must have the PC-FAX Receiving software running on your computer.
Even if your computer is turned off, your machine will receive and store faxes in its memory. When you start your computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers faxes to your computer automatically.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [PC Fax Receive] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] . Press OK .
The LCD displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.] .
e. Press c .
f. Select [<USB>] or the name of the destination computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network. Press OK .
g. Select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
167
Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• After you print the fax, it is erased from the machine's memory.
If you turn on [PC Fax Receive] , your machine will receive and store your faxes in its memory even when your PC is turned off.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Print Document] . Press OK .
3. Press c .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
168
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
•
169
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations
Voice Operations
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
170
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Voice Operations > Send Tone Signals
Send Tone Signals
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you have a Pulse dialling service, but must send Tone signals (for example, for telephone banking), follow these steps. If you have a Touch Tone service, you will not need this feature to send tone signals.
1. Press Hook .
2. Press # on the machine’s control panel. Any digits dialled after this will send tone signals.
When you are finished with the call, the machine will return to the Pulse dialling service.
Related Information
•
171
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ringing) to alert you to pick up a voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press Hook button to answer.
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
•
172
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers
Store Fax Numbers
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
•
Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
•
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
173
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can store up to 40 Address Book numbers as two-digit Speed Dial numbers, and give each number a name.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Set Speed Dial] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number where you want to store the number. Press OK .
b. Select [Name] . Press OK .
c. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK .
d. Select [Fax/Tel] . Press OK .
e. Enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits). Press OK .
• Press Redial/Pause to insert a pause between numbers. You can press Redial/Pause as many times as needed to increase the length of the pause.
• Be sure to include the area code when entering a fax or telephone number. Depending on the country, the Caller ID names and history may not be displayed correctly if the area code is not registered with the fax or telephone number.
f. Select [OK] and then press OK .
To store another Speed Dial number, repeat these steps.
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
174
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
Save Outgoing Call Numbers to the Address Book
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can copy numbers from your Outgoing Call history and save them in your Address Book.
1. Press ( FAX ).
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Call History] . Press OK .
b. Select [Outgoing Call] . Press OK .
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK .
d. Press d to select [Edit] .
e. Select [Add to Address Book] . Press OK .
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, select [Delete] and then press OK . Press c
[Yes] to confirm.
f. Select [Name] . Press OK .
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK .
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select [OK] and then press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
175
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you have a Caller ID subscriber service with your telephone company, you can copy numbers from your Caller
ID History and save them in your Address Book.
This feature is not available for Taiwan and some countries.
1. Press ( FAX ).
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Call History] . Press OK .
b. Select [Caller ID History] . Press OK .
c. Select the number you want to store. Press OK .
d. Press d to select [Edit] .
e. Select [Add to Address Book] . Press OK .
To delete the number from the Caller ID History list, select [Delete] and then press OK . Press c [Yes] to confirm.
f. Select [Name] . Press OK .
g. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK .
h. Confirm the fax or telephone number.
i. Select [OK] and then press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
176
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
> Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the number, press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Change] . Press OK .
b. Select the Speed Dial name where you want to change the number. Press OK .
Do the following steps: a. To change the name, press a or b to select [Name] , and then press OK . Press a , b , d or c to re-enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the keyboard on the LCD and select [OK] . Press OK .
b. To change the fax or telephone number, press a or b to select [Fax/Tel] , and then press OK . Press a , b , d or c to re-enter the fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the keyboard on the LCD and select [OK] . Press OK .
Press a or b to select [OK] and then press OK .
• To delete the number, press a or b to select [Delete] . Press OK .
Do the following steps: a. Press a or b to select the Speed Dial name where you want to delete the number.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial name. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
177
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Broadcasting Groups
Set up Broadcasting Groups
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Creating and sending to a Group, which can be stored in the Address Book, allows you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers, or Broadcast.
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then, you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up a Speed Dial number. You can store up to six Groups or you can assign up to 39 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Setup Groups] . Press OK .
b. Select the two-digit Speed Dial number you want to assign to the Group. Press OK .
c. Select [Name] and press OK .
d. Enter the new Group's name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad. Press OK .
e. To add numbers to the Group, repeat the following steps: i. Select [Add/Delete] . Press OK .
ii. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order] . Press OK .
iii. Press a or b to select a number from the list.
iv. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Speed Dial number. Press OK .
3. Select [OK] and then press OK .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
•
•
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Topics:
•
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•
178
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Broadcasting Groups > Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Change] . Press OK .
b. Select the Group to change. Press OK .
c. Select [Name] and then press OK . Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the dial pad and then press OK .
To change a character in the Group name, press a , b , d or c to select or to move the cursor under the incorrect character. Then press a , b , d or c to select enter the correct letter.
. Press OK several times
, and press OK . Re-
3. Select [OK] and then press OK .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
179
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Broadcasting Groups > Delete a Broadcasting
Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select [Delete] . Press OK .
3. Do the following steps: a. Press a or b to select the Group you want to delete.
b. Press d or c to select the check box labelled with the Group name. Press OK .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
180
> Voice Operations and Fax Numbers >
Set up Broadcasting Groups > Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Address Book).
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Change] . Press OK .
b. Select the Group you want to change. Press OK .
c. Select [Add/Delete] . Press OK .
d. Select [Alphabetical Order] or [Numerical Order] . Press OK .
3. Do one of the following:
• To add a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then press d or c to select the check box.
• To delete a member using his Speed Dial number, press a or b to select the Speed Dial number, and then press d or c to remove the check box.
Repeat this step until you have added or deleted all the fax numbers you want.
4. Press OK .
5. Select [OK] and then press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
181
> Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
•
•
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•
External and Extension Telephones
182
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Distinctive Ring
Distinctive Ring
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is available only for some countries.
For Singapore and Hong Kong
This machine feature lets you use the Distinctive Ring subscriber service offered by some telephone companies, which allows you to have several telephone numbers on one phone line. Each phone number has its own
Distinctive Ring pattern, so you will know which phone number is ringing. This is one way you can have a separate phone number for your machine.
Your machine has a Distinctive Ring function, allowing you to dedicate one phone number just for receiving faxes. You will need to set Distinctive Ring to On.
• You can switch it off temporarily, then turn it back on. When you get a new fax number, make sure you reset this function.
• The machine will answer only calls to the Distinctive Ring number.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
Related Topics:
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
183
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> Turn on Distinctive Ring
Turn on Distinctive Ring
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is available only for some countries.
For Singapore and Hong Kong
After you set the Distinctive Ring feature to [On] , the receive mode is automatically set to [Manual] . Unless you have a TAD or Voice Mail set up on the Distinctive Ring number, Manual mode means you must answer all the calls yourself. You cannot change the receive mode to another mode while the Distinctive Ring is set to on.
When Distinctive Ring is on, the touchscreen will show [D/R] as the Receive Mode.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Miscellaneous] . Press OK .
c. Select [Distinctive] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Distinctive Ring is now set to [On] .
Related Information
•
184
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> Turn off Distinctive Ring
Turn off Distinctive Ring
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is available only for some countries.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Miscellaneous] . Press OK .
c. Select [Distinctive] . Press OK .
d. Select [Off] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
When you turn off Distinctive Ring, the machine will stay in [Manual] mode. You must set the Receive Mode again.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
185
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID
Caller ID
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is not available for Taiwan and some countries.
For Singapore and Hong Kong
The Caller ID feature of this machine lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local phone companies. Call your telephone company for details. This service provides you, by means of the screen display, the telephone number (or name) of your caller as the line rings.
After a few rings, the screen displays the telephone number of your caller (or name, if available). Once you answer the call, the Caller ID information disappears from the screen, but the call information remains stored in the Caller ID memory.
• The [ID Unknown] message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
• The [ID Withheld] message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID information.
• You can print a list of Caller ID information received by your machine.
• Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Call your local phone company to determine the kind of service available in your area.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Topics:
•
Save Caller ID History Numbers to the Address Book
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
186
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type
Set the Telephone Line Type
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is available only in South Africa.
If you are connecting the machine to a line that features PBX or ISDN to send and receive faxes, you must select a Telephone Line Type that matches your line's features.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Phone Line Set] . Press OK .
c. Select [Normal] , [PBX] or [ISDN] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
Related Topics:
•
187
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
> PBX and
TRANSFER
PBX and TRANSFER
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature is available only in South Africa.
The machine's [Phone Line Set] default setting is [Normal] , which lets the machine connect to a standard
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) line. However, many offices use a central telephone system or
Private Branch Exchange (PBX). Your machine can be connected to most types of PBX. The machine's recall feature supports timed break recall only (TBR). TBR will work with most PBX systems allowing you to gain access to an outside line, or transfer calls to another extension. Press the Hook button to use this feature.
Program a press of the Hook button as part of a number stored in the Address Book. When programming the Address Book number, press the Hook button first (the LCD displays ‘!’), then enter the telephone number. This avoids having to press the Hook button each time before you dial from the Address Book.
However, your Telephone Line Type must be set to PBX on the machine for you to use this feature.
Related Information
•
188
> Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone
Line Interference)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection instead of a traditional telephone line. Telephone providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
Your machine may not work with some VoIP systems. If you want to use your machine to send and receive faxes on a VoIP system, make sure one end of your telephone cord is connected to the socket labelled LINE on your machine. The other end of the telephone cord may be connected to a modem, phone adapter, splitter, or other such device.
If you have questions about how to connect your machine to the VoIP system, please contact your VoIP provider.
After you have connected your machine to the VoIP system, check for a dial tone. Lift the external telephone's handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is no dial tone, please contact your VoIP provider.
If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes over a VoIP system, we recommend changing the machine’s modem speed to the [Basic(for VoIP)] setting.
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
• Brother does not recommend the use of a VoIP line. VoIP limitations in general can cause some functions of the fax machine not to work correctly.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
Related Topics:
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
189
> Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice message and the LCD will show [Telephone] .
The external TAD must answer within two rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
1
1
2
1 TAD
2 Protective Cap
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
•
Telephone Services and External Devices
•
•
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
•
Related Topics:
•
190
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone provider. (The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
2. Record the outgoing message on your external TAD.
3. Set the TAD to answer calls.
4. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD] .
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Topics:
•
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
191
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for fax tones.
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial five second silence because the machine cannot hear fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
192
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External TAD (Telephone Answering
> Multi-line Connections (PABX)
Multi-line Connections (PABX)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Most offices use a central telephone system.
We recommend that all our machines be connected to a discreet (dedicated) line. Although a particular PABX may appear to work with a particular model of fax machine, we cannot guarantee that the unit will operate correctly.
While it is often relatively simple to connect a fax machine to a PABX, (Private Automatic Branch Exchange), we suggest that you contact the company that installed your telephone system and ask them to connect the fax machine for you.
We do not recommend the use of a PABX line. PABX limitations in general can cause some functions of the fax machine not to work correctly.
Related Information
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
193
> Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
•
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•
Use a Cordless External Telephone
•
194
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
1
2
3
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
3 Protective Cap
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
195
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you answer a fax call at an extension or an external telephone, you can make your machine take the call by using the Remote Activation Code. When you press the Remote Activation Code *51 , the machine starts to receive the fax.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an extension telephone by pressing the Remote Deactivation Code #51 .
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD shows [Receiving] , and then hang up.
You can also use the Fax Detect feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
Related Topics:
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
•
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
196
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Use a
Cordless External Telephone
Use a Cordless External Telephone
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Once the base unit of the cordless telephone has been connected to the same telephone line as the machine, you can answer calls on the cordless handset during the Ring Delay.
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
197
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Remote Activation Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension or external telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing the Remote Activation Code *51 . Wait for the chirping sounds then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
Start button and then selecting the option to receive.
Remote Deactivation Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) after the initial Ring Delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the external telephone by pressing Hook .
Related Information
•
External and Extension Telephones
•
Related Topics:
•
198
> Telephone Services and External Devices >
External and Extension Telephones >
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
The preset Remote Activation Code is *51 . The preset Remote Deactivation Code is #51 . If you are always disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes using the numbers 0-9, *, #.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Setup Receive] . Press OK .
c. Select [Remote Codes] . Press OK .
d. Select [Remote Codes] again. Press OK .
e. Select [On] . Press OK .
3. Do one of the following:
• To change the Remote Activation Code, press a or b to select [Act.Code] and then press OK . Enter the new code. Press OK .
• To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press a or b to select [Deact.Code] and then press OK .
Enter the new code. Press OK .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
199
> Fax Reports
Fax Reports
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
•
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
•
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
200
> Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent, and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
Option
On
Description
Prints a report after every fax you send.
On(+Image) Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only
Error only(+Image) Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off The report will not be printed.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Report Setting] . Press OK .
c. Select [XMIT Report] . Press OK .
d. Select the option you want. Press OK .
If you select [On(+Image)] or [Error only(+Image)] , the image will not appear on the
Transmission Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On] .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If the transmission is not successful, [ERROR] appears next to [RESULT] .
Related Information
•
201
> Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7 days).
When using the Auto Power Off feature and the machine powers off before the chosen Interval Period, the machine will print a Fax Journal report, and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Report Setting] . Press OK .
c. Select [Journal Period] . Press OK .
d. Select [Journal Period] once again. Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select an interval. Press OK .
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press a or b to select [Time] and then press OK . Enter the time of day using the dial pad. Press OK .
Enter the time in the same time format as your machine's date and time setting. (12-hour format or 24-hour format)
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days] , press a or b to select [Day] and then press OK . Press a or b to select the first day of the seven-day countdown. Press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
202
> PC-FAX
PC-FAX
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
203
> PC-FAX for Windows
PC-FAX for Windows
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
•
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
204
> PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using the Brother PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your computer.
•
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
205
> Configure PC-FAX
(Windows)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalise the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending .
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
3. Do one of the following:
• Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft account can have its own customised User Information screen for custom fax headers and cover pages.
• Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
• Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
4. Click OK .
Related Information
•
206
> Configure your PC-Fax
Address Book (Windows)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalise your Address Book .
•
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
•
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
207
Address Book (Windows) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using the
Brother PC-Fax software.
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click .
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
4. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the Name field is required.
5. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
208
Address Book (Windows) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click .
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
4. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
5. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >> .
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
6. When finished, click OK .
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
209
Address Book (Windows) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Select the member or group you want to edit.
4. Click ( Properties ).
5. Change the member or group information.
6. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
210
Address Book (Windows) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Select the member or group you want to delete.
4. Click ( Delete ).
5. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK .
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
211
Address Book (Windows) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv) or a vCard (an electronic business card) and save it on your computer.
• You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Launch selected).
( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click File > Export .
4. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to the next step.
• vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field, and then click Save .
5. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >> .
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
6. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to separate the data fields.
7. Click OK .
8. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save .
212
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
213
Address Book (Windows) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv) or vCards (electronic business cards) into your Address Book.
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send) .
The Address Book dialog box appears.
3. Click File > Import .
4. Select one of the following:
• Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 5.
• vCard
Go to step 8.
5. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >> .
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import text file.
6. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to separate the data fields.
7. Click OK .
8. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open .
Related Information
•
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows)
214
> Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
• Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address .
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
• Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click to create or edit a cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
• To cancel the fax, click Cancel .
• To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start .
Related Information
•
215
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use the Brother PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you want.
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
216
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
> Receive
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
The Brother PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed when you install your machine's software and drivers and works on locally or network-connected machines.
• PC-FAX Receive supports only monochrome faxes.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your machine.
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
•
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
•
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Related Topics:
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
217
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Launch selected).
( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
2. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive .
3. Confirm the message and click Yes .
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The ( PC-FAX Receive ) icon also appears in your computer task tray.
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
•
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
•
Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
218
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) >
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
> Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Double-click the ( PC-FAX Receive ) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings .
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the server and select the option to upload automatically or manually (available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the machine where you want to receive PC-FAX files.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
219
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) >
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
> Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Add Your Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
• If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the ( PC-FAX Receive ) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings .
3. Click Device > Add .
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
A list of connected machines appears. Select the machine you want. Click OK .
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK .
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the Enter your
PC display name (Max 15 Characters) field.
6. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Run the Brother PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows)
220
> Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows)
Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Receiving Status
Icon Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the ( PC-FAX Receive ) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, close the window.
221
Even after closing the window, PC-FAX Receive is active and the ( PC-FAX Receive ) icon will remain in your computer task tray. To close PC-FAX Receive, click the icon in the computer task tray and click
Close .
Related Information
•
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows)
222
> PC-FAX for Mac
PC-FAX for Mac
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
223
PhotoCapture Center
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
224
Home > PhotoCapture Center > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Even if your machine is not connected to your computer, you can print photos directly from a USB Flash memory drive.
•
•
Important Information about Photo Printing
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
225
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
> Compatible USB Flash
Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Your Brother machine has a media drive (slot) for use with common data storage.
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Media
USB Flash Drive
Related Information
•
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
•
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
226
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
> Important Information about
Photo Printing
Important Information about Photo Printing
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Your machine is designed to be compatible with modern digital camera image files and USB flash drives. Read the points below to avoid photo printing problems:
• The image file extension must be .JPG (other image file extensions like .JPEG, .TIF, .GIF and so on will not be recognised).
• Direct photo printing must be performed separately from photo printing operations using the computer.
(Simultaneous operation is not available.)
• The machine can read up to 999 files
Be aware of the following:
• When printing an index sheet or image, the machine will print all the valid images, even if one or more images have been corrupted. Corrupted images will not be printed.
• Your machine supports USB flash drives that have been formatted by Windows.
Related Information
•
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
1
The folder inside USB flash drives is also counted.
227
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
> Print Photos from a USB
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
•
•
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
•
Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
•
228
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can preview your photos on the LCD before printing them, or print images stored on a USB flash drive.
• If your photos are large files, there may be a delay before each photo is displayed.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select [Select Files] . Press OK .
To print all photos, press a or b to select [Print All] , and then press OK .
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. Repeat the last two steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
Press Clear/Back to return to the previous level.
7. Press OK .
8. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK . Press a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK .
9. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
229
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Print a photo Index Sheet to see small preview versions of all pictures on your USB flash drive.
• The machine assigns numbers for images (such as No.1, No.2, No.3, and so on).
The machine does not recognise any other numbers or file names that your digital camera or computer has used to identify the pictures.
• Only file names that are 20 characters or less will be printed correctly on the index sheet.
• File names cannot be printed correctly if they contain non-alphanumeric characters, but nonalphanumeric characters do not affect photo print settings.
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Index Print] . Press OK .
b. Select [Print Index Sheet] . Press OK .
4. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK . Press a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK .
Option Description
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
5. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
230
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Photos by Image Number
Print Photos by Image Number
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Before you can print an individual image, you must print the photo Index Sheet (thumbnails) to know the image number.
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Index Print] . Press OK .
b. Select [Print Photos] . Press OK .
4. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the dial pad. After you have selected the image numbers, press OK .
• Enter multiple numbers at one time by using the * key for a hyphen or # key for a comma. For example, enter 1, *, 5 to print images No.1 to No.5. Enter 1, #, 3, #, 6 to print images No.1, No.3 and No.6.
• Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies you want using the dial pad.
6. To change the print settings, press a or b to select the setting you want to change, and then press OK . Press a or b to select the option you want, and then press OK .
7. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
•
231
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If your photo is too long or too wide to fit within the layout space, part of the image will be cropped.
• The factory setting is On. To print the entire image, change this setting to Off.
• If you set the [Cropping] setting to Off, set the [Borderless] setting to Off, also.
Cropping: On
Cropping: Off
1. Insert a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select [Select Files] . Press OK .
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. Press OK .
7. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Cropping] . Press OK .
b. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
8. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
232
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
This feature expands the printable area to the edges of the paper. Printing time will be slower.
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select [Select Files] . Press OK .
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. Press OK .
7. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Borderless] . Press OK .
b. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
8. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
233
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Print the date if it is already in your photo’s information. The date will be printed in the lower-right corner. To use this setting, the photo data must include the date.
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press a or b to select [JPEG Print] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select [Select Files] . Press OK .
4. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. Press OK .
7. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Date Print] . Press OK .
b. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
8. Press Colour Start .
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
234
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Settings for Photos
Print Settings for Photos
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Option
Print Quality
Tray Select
Paper Type
Paper Size
Print Layout
Brightness
Contrast
Cropping
Borderless
Date Print
Set New Default
Factory Reset
Description
Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type setting, you can select only Fine .
Select the tray.
Select the paper type.
Select the paper size.
Select the print layout.
Adjust the brightness.
Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more vivid.
Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent unwanted cropping.
Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Print the date on your photo.
Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the defaults.
Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
Related Information
•
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Related Topics:
•
Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•
235
Network
•
Supported Basic Network Features
•
•
•
•
236
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
macOS Operating Systems
Printing
Scanning
PC Fax Send
(MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
PC Fax Receive
(MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Windows
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Windows Server
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Status Monitor
Driver Deployment Wizard
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
1 The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked " Pwd ". We recommend immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from unauthorised access.
When connecting your machine to an outside network such as the Internet, make sure your network environment is protected by a separate firewall or other means in order to prevent information leaks due to inadequate settings or unauthorised access by malicious third parties.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
237
Home > Network > Configure Network Settings
Configure Network Settings
•
Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
238
> Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
Configure Network Settings Using the Control Panel
To configure the machine for your network, use the control panel's [Network] menu selections.
• For information about the network settings you can configure using the control panel, see Related
Information : Settings Tables .
• You can also use management utilities, such as Web Based Management, to configure and change your Brother machine's network settings.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option. Press OK .
3. Press a or b to display the network option, and then press OK . Repeat this step until you access the menu you want to configure, and then follow the LCD instructions.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to display [Network] , and then press OK .
3. Press a or b to display the network option, and then press OK . Repeat this step until you access the menu you want to configure, and then follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
239
Home > Network > Wireless Network Settings
Wireless Network Settings
•
•
•
•
240
Wireless Network Settings > Use the Wireless Network
Use the Wireless Network
•
Before Configuring Your Machine for a Wireless Network
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
241
Use the Wireless Network > Before Configuring Your
Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
• To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place your machine as close to the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics, you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB for the fastest throughput speed.
• Although your machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only), only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the same time.
• If there is a signal in the vicinity, wireless LAN allows you to freely make a LAN connection. However, if security settings are not correctly configured, the signal may be intercepted by malicious third-parties, possibly resulting in:
Theft of personal or confidential information
Improper transmission of information to parties impersonating the specified individuals
Dissemination of transcribed communication contents that were intercepted
Make sure you know your wireless router/access point's Network Name (SSID) and Network Key
(Password). If you cannot find this information, consult the manufacturer of your wireless router/access point, your system administrator, or Internet provider. Brother cannot provide this information.
Related Information
•
242
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Computer
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Computer
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows
Download the installer from your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
• Mac a. Download the installer from your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
b. Start the installer, and then double-click the Start Here Mac icon.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Select Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi) , and then click Next .
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
You have completed the wireless network setup.
Related Information
•
243
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Mobile Device
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Mobile Device
1. Do one of the following:
• Android ™ Devices
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from Google Play ™ .
• All iOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
2. Start Brother iPrint&Scan, and then follow the on-screen instructions to connect your mobile device to your
Brother machine.
Related Information
•
244
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's
Control Panel Setup Wizard
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key (Password)
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key (Password)
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press WiFi .
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Network] option. Press OK .
4. When the [WLAN Enable?] message appears, press a to select [On] .
This starts the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press b .
5. The machine searches for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears, press a or b to select the SSID you want. Press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
To apply the settings, press a to select [Yes] .
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
245
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key (Password)
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key (Password)
12345
• Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
• If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
• If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press .
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Wi-Fi Network] option, and then press OK .
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c .
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d .
5. The machine searches for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears, press a or b to select the SSID you want. Press OK .
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
Enter the key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
• If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
246
When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
Related Information
•
247
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup ™ (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup ™ (WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press WiFi .
2. Press a or b to select [WPS/PushButton] . Press OK .
3. When the [WLAN Enable?] message appears, press a to select [On] .
This starts the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press b .
4. When the LCD instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press a . Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press .
2. Press a or b to select the [WPS/Push Button] option, and then press OK .
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c .
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d .
4. When the LCD instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press c on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connection successful.] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
Related Information
•
248
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup ™ (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup ™ (WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance ® . By submitting a PIN created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar.
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar.
1
2
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press WiFi .
2. Press a or b to select [WPS/PIN Code] . Press OK .
3. When the [WLAN Enable?] message appears, press a to select [On] .
This starts the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press b .
4. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
5. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
6. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page may differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
249
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps:
7. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device .
• Windows 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device .
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the driver and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
Use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
8. Select your machine and click Next .
9. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next .
10. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next .
11. Click Close .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] . Press OK .
c. Select [WPS/PIN Code] . Press OK .
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c .
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d .
4. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
5. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
6. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page may differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps:
7. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device .
• Windows 7
250
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device .
• To use a Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows 7, Windows 8.1, or Windows 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the driver and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
Use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
8. Select your machine and click Next .
9. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next .
10. (Windows 7) Select your network, and then click Next .
11. Click Close .
Related Information
•
251
Use the Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a
Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not
Broadcast
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
NONE
WEP
WEP
AES
TKIP
Network Key
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
AES
Network Key
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press WiFi .
3. Press a or b to select [Find Network] . Press OK .
4. When the [WLAN Enable?] message appears, press a to select [On] .
This starts the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press b .
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK .
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK .
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information .
7. Press a or b to select the [Infrastructure] option. Press OK .
8. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method. Press OK .
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [None] or [WEP] , and then press OK .
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK .
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK .
252
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES] , and then press OK .
Enter the WPA key, and then press OK .
• For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information .
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. To apply the settings, press a to select [Yes] . To cancel, press b to select [No] .
11. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
NONE
WEP
WEP
AES
TKIP
Network Key
-
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode
Infrastructure
Authentication Method
WPA2-PSK
Encryption Mode
AES
Network Key
12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press .
3. Press a or b to select the [Find Wi-Fi Network] option, and then press OK .
4. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press c .
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press d .
5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK .
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK .
For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information .
253
7. Select [Infrastructure] , and then press OK .
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press OK .
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [None] or [WEP] , and then press OK .
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK .
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK .
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES] , and then press OK .
Enter the WPA key, and then press OK .
• For more information about how to enter text, see Related Information .
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connection successful.] .
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the drivers and software necessary to use your machine, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
(Windows) Or, use the Brother installation disc to set up your machine (not available in all countries).
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
254
Wireless Network Settings > Use Wi-Fi Direct
®
Use Wi-Fi Direct ®
•
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
•
Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
255
> Wi-Fi Direct Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Overview
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance ® . It allows you to securely connect your mobile device to your Brother machine without using a wireless router/access point.
1
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
2
• You can use Wi-Fi Direct with either the wired or wireless network connection at the same time.
• The Wi-Fi Direct supported device can become a Group Owner. When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Group Owner serves as an access point.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
256
> Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Using the Push Button Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
When a machine receives a Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Connect?] appears on the LCD. Press a to connect.
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct] . Press OK .
c. If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct, do the following: i. Select [Group Owner] . Press OK .
ii. Select [On] . Press OK .
d. Select [Push Button] . Press OK .
3. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to select [On] . To cancel, press b .
4. When the [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] message appears, turn your mobile device's Wi-Fi Direct function on (for more information, see your mobile device's user's guide).
Press OK on your Brother machine.
5. Do one of the following:
• If your mobile device displays a list of machines with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your Brother machine.
• If your Brother machine displays a list of mobile devices with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your mobile device and press OK . To search for available devices again, select [<Rescan>] .
6. When your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected] .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
When a machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received.] appears on the LCD. Press c to connect.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct] . Press OK .
c. If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct, do the following: i. Select [Group Owner] . Press OK .
ii. Select [On] . Press OK .
d. Press a or b to select [Push Button] . Press OK .
3. When the [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device.] message appears, turn your mobile device's
Wi-Fi Direct function on (for more information, see your mobile device's user's guide). Press c on your
Brother machine.
4. Do one of the following:
• If your mobile device displays a list of machines with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your Brother machine.
• If your Brother machine displays a list of mobile devices with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select your mobile device and press OK . To search for available devices again, select [Rescan] .
257
5. When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected] .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
258
> Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network
Manually
Configure a Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
Configure the Wi-Fi Direct setting from the machine's control panel.
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct] . Press OK .
c. Select [Manual] . Press OK .
3. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to select [On] . To cancel, press b .
4. The machine displays the SSID (Network Name) and Password (Network Key). Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings screen, and enter the SSID and password.
5. When your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected] .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Configure the Wi-Fi Direct setting from the machine's control panel.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Wi-Fi Direct] . Press OK .
c. Select [Manual] . Press OK .
3. The machine displays the SSID (Network Name) and Password (Network Key). Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings screen, and enter the SSID and password.
4. When your wireless device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected] .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the Push Button Method
259
Wireless Network Settings > Enable/Disable Wireless LAN
Enable/Disable Wireless LAN
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
1. Press WiFi .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [WLAN Enable] . Press OK .
b. Select [On] or [Off] . Press OK .
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Network I/F] . Press OK .
c. Do one of the following:
• To enable Wi-Fi, select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] . Press OK .
• To disable Wi-Fi, select [Wired LAN] . Press OK .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Network I/F] . Press OK .
c. Do one of the following:
• To enable Wi-Fi, select [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] . Press OK .
• To disable Wi-Fi, select [Wired LAN] . Press OK .
Related Information
•
260
Wireless Network Settings > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report shows your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code on the printed report.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option. Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option. Press OK .
4. Press the Mono Start or Colour Start button.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one minute and then try to print the report again.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK .
4. Press c .
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
•
•
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Related Topics:
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
261
Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN Report Error
Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code
TS-01
TS-02
TS-04
TS-05
Problem and Recommended Solutions
The wireless feature is not ON. Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
1. Turn the wireless feature ON.
2. If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of your machine to ON.
The wireless feature is not ON. Check the following point and try to set up your wireless connection again:
Turn the wireless feature ON.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected. Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
1. Turn your wireless access point/router off, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn it on again.
2. Temporarily place your machine closer to the wireless router/access point when you are configuring the wireless settings.
3. If your wireless router/access point is using MAC address filtering, confirm the MAC address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter. You can find the MAC address by printing the
Network Configuration Report.
4. If you manually entered the Network Name (SSID) and security information (authentication method / encryption method / Network Key (Password)), the information may be incorrect.
Check the Network Name and security information and re-enter the correct information.
5. Your Brother machine may not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID. Make sure your wireless access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz mixed mode. For more information, see the documentation provided with your wireless router/access point.
Your Brother machine does not support the authentication and encryption methods used by the selected wireless router/access point.
Change the authentication and encryption methods of the wireless router/access point. Your
Brother machine supports the following authentication and encryption methods:
• WPA-Personal
TKIP / AES
• WPA2-Personal
TKIP / AES
• Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
• Shared key
WEP
If your issue is not solved, the Network Name (SSID) or security settings you entered may be incorrect. Check all wireless network settings are correct for your network.
The Network Name (SSID) and Network Key (Password) are incorrect. Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
1. Confirm the Network Name (SSID) and Network Key (Password). Brother cannot provide this information. If your Network Key contains upper-case and lower-case letters, make sure you type them correctly.
2. If you cannot find the Network Name (SSID) and security information, see the documentation provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or Internet service provider.
3. If your wireless router/access point uses WEP encryption with multiple WEP keys, write down and use only the first WEP key.
262
Error Code
TS-06
TS-07
TS-08
Problem and Recommended Solutions
The wireless security information (Authentication method / Encryption method / Network Key) is incorrect. Check the following points and try to set up your wireless connection again:
1. Confirm the Network Key. If your Network Key contains upper-case and lower-case letters, make sure you type them correctly. Brother cannot provide this information.
2. Confirm whether the authentication method entered and the authentication method or encryption method supported by the wireless router/access point are the same.
3. If the network key, authentication method, and encryption method have been confirmed, restart your wireless router/access point and Brother machine.
4. If the machine is still unable to connect and your router supports WPS, try connecting with
WPS. To set up your wireless connection using WPS, you must enable WPS on the Brother machine and wireless router/access point.
The machine cannot detect a wireless router/access point that has WPS enabled. Check the following points and try again:
1. To check if your wireless router/access point supports WPS, look for the WPS symbol displayed on the router/access point. For more information, see the documentation provided with your wireless router/access point.
2. To set up your wireless connection using WPS, you must configure both your Brother machine and the wireless router/access point.
3. If you do not know how to set up your wireless router/access point using WPS, see the documentation provided with your wireless router/access point, or contact the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or Internet service provider.
Two or more wireless access points that have WPS enabled are detected. Check the following points and try again:
1. Make sure that only one wireless router/access point within range has WPS enabled, and then try to connect again.
2. Try to connect again after a few minutes to avoid interference from other access points/ routers.
How to confirm wireless security information (SSID/authentication method/encryption method/Network Key) of your WLAN access point/router:
1. The default security settings may be provided on a label attached to the WLAN access point/router. Or the manufacturer's name or model number of the WLAN access point/router may be used as the default security settings.
2. See the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router for information on how to find the security settings.
• If the WLAN access point/router is set to not broadcast the SSID, the SSID will not automatically be detected. You will have to manually enter the SSID name.
• The Network key may also be described as the Password, Security Key, or Encryption Key.
If you do not know the SSID and wireless security settings of your WLAN access point/router or how to change the configuration, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your access point/router or ask your Internet provider or network administrator.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
263
Home > Network > Network Features
Network Features
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
264
> Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
• Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
• If the IP Address on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try printing it again.
• You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
IP address: 192.168.0.5
Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
Node name: BRN000ca0000499
MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option. Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select the [Network Config] option. Press OK .
4. Press the Mono Start or Colour Start button.
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Print Reports] . Press OK .
b. Select [Network Config] . Press OK .
3. Press c .
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Check the Brother Machine's Network Settings
265
> Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all information, such as the password and IP address.
• This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory settings.
• You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using Web Based Management.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Reset] . Press OK .
c. Select [Network Reset] . Press OK .
3. Press a for [Reset] to confirm.
4. Press a for [Yes] to reboot the machine.
The machine restarts.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Network Reset] . Press OK .
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
266
Home > Network > Brother Management Tools
Brother Management Tools
Use one of Brother's management tools to configure your Brother machine's network settings.
Go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
to download the tools.
Related Information
•
267
Security
•
Before Using Network Security Features
•
Configure Certificates for Device Security
•
•
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
268
Home > Security > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today. These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the FTP and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these protocols is not secure.
Related Information
•
269
Home > Security > Configure Certificates for Device Security
Configure Certificates for Device Security
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must use Web
Based Management to configure a certificate.
•
Supported Security Certificate Features
•
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
•
Create a Self-signed Certificate
•
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
•
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
•
270
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure authentication and communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with the machine:
• SSL/TLS communication
The Brother machine supports the following:
• Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate protects your communication up to a certain level. We recommend using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organisation for better security.
• Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
• Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
When importing a certificate and a private key.
• If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator first.
• When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
•
Configure Certificates for Device Security
271
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Step by Step Guide for Creating and
Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
•
Configure Certificates for Device Security
272
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Security > Certificate .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate .
6. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date .
• The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node name is displayed by default.
• A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
7. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit) .
8. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256 .
9. Click Submit .
Related Information
•
Configure Certificates for Device Security
Related Topics:
•
273
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA)
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned certificate on your machine.
•
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
•
Install a Certificate on Your Machine
274
Configure Certificates for Device Security >
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Security > Certificate .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Create CSR .
6. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
• Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside world.
• The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
• A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for the certificate.
• The length of the Organization , the Organization Unit , the City/Locality and the State/Province must be less than 64 bytes.
• The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
• If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual .
7. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit) .
8. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256 .
9. Click Submit .
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form offered by a Certificate Authority.
275
10. Click Save .
11. Click b next to Save , and then specify the location where you want to save the file.
• Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
• If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012 R2/2016/2019, we recommend using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate.
For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com
, to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page of your model. Search for "SSL".
Related Information
•
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Related Topics:
•
276
Configure Certificates for Device Security >
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Security > Certificate .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Install Certificate .
6. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit .
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
•
Create CSR and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Related Topics:
•
277
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Import and Export the Certificate and
Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
•
Import a Certificate and Private Key
•
Export the Certificate and Private Key
278
Configure Certificates for Device Security >
Import and Export the Certificate and
> Import a Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Security > Certificate .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Import Certificate and Private Key .
6. Browse to the file you want to import.
7. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit .
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
Related Information
•
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Related Topics:
•
279
Configure Certificates for Device Security >
Import and Export the Certificate and
> Export the Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Security > Certificate .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click Export shown with Certificate List .
6. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
7. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit .
8. Click b next to Save , and then specify the location where you want to save the file.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
•
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Related Topics:
•
280
Configure Certificates for Device Security > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The Multiple Certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate screen to view certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored on Brother Machine
2
We recommend storing fewer certificates than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
Related Information
•
Configure Certificates for Device Security
281
Use SSL/TLS
•
•
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
•
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
282
> Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network, so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it.
SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
•
•
•
283
> Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as
Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit card numbers, customer records, etc.
SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
•
284
> Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by restricting unauthorised users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be used to print confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing wage slips on a regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other network users.
However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and not the actual wage slip.
Related Information
•
285
> Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
•
Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
•
Access Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
•
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
286
> Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
> Configure a
Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
Configure a certificate on your machine using Web Based Management before you use SSL/TLS communication.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Network > Protocol .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Click HTTP Server Settings .
6. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
7. Click Submit .
8. Click Yes to restart your print server.
Related Information
•
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
•
•
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
287
> Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
> Access
Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
Access Web Based Management Using SSL/TLS
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
• To use HTTPS protocol, HTTPS must be enabled on your machine. The HTTPS protocol is enabled by default.
• You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
Related Information
•
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
•
288
> Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
> Install the
Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator
Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft Internet Explorer. If you use another web browser, consult the documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows Accessories .
• Windows 8.1
Right-click the ( Internet Explorer ) icon on the taskbar.
• Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2
Click taskbar.
( Internet Explorer ), and then right-click the
• Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008
Click (Start) > All Programs .
( Internet Explorer
2. Right-click Internet Explorer , and then click Run as administrator .
) icon that appears on the
If the More option appears, click More .
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes .
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's
IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
4. Click More information .
5. Click Go on to the webpage (not recommended) .
6. Click Certificate Error , and then click View certificates .
7. Click Install Certificate… .
8. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next .
9. Select Place all certificates in the following store , and then click Browse… .
10. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities , and then click OK .
11. Click Next .
12. Click Finish .
289
13. Click Yes , if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
14. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
290
> Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
•
•
Configure a Certificate for SSL/TLS and Available Protocols
291
> Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
> Print Documents Using
SSL/TLS
Print Documents Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Network > Protocol .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit .
Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, type the password, go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Network > Protocol .
6. Click HTTP Server Settings .
7. Select the HTTPS(Port 443) check box in the IPP , and then click Submit .
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorised access to the print server.
Related Information
•
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Related Topics:
•
292
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password, you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother customer service.
•
293
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel > About Using TX Lock
About Using TX Lock
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Block unauthorised data transmission to and from the machine.
TX Lock lets you prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are available:
• Receiving faxes
• PC-Fax Receive (If PC-Fax Receive was already On)
While the TX Lock feature is turned on, your machine will receive faxes and store them in its memory. Then, when TX Lock is turned off, the faxes will be sent to your chosen PC.
While TX Lock is On, the following operations are NOT available:
• Operation from the control panel
• PC printing
• PC scanning
Related Information
•
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel
•
•
•
294
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel >
> Set the TX
Lock Password
Set the TX Lock Password
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Miscellaneous] . Press OK .
c. Select [TX Lock] . Press OK .
3. Enter a four-digit number for the password. Press OK .
4. Re-enter the password. Press OK .
5. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
295
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel >
> Change the
TX Lock Password
Change the TX Lock Password
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Miscellaneous] . Press OK .
c. Select [TX Lock] . Press OK .
d. Select [Set Password] . Press OK .
3. Enter the four-digit number of the current password. Press OK .
4. Enter a four-digit number for the new password. Press OK .
5. Re-enter the new password. Press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
296
Lock the Machine Settings from the Control Panel >
> Turn TX
Lock On/Off
Turn TX Lock On/Off
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Fax] . Press OK .
b. Select [Miscellaneous] . Press OK .
c. Select [TX Lock] . Press OK .
d. Select [Set TX Lock] . Press OK .
3. Enter the registered four-digit password. Press OK .
The machine goes offline and the LCD displays [TX Lock Mode] .
Turning off TX Lock: a. Press Settings .
b. Enter the current four-digit password, and then press OK .
If you enter the wrong password, the LCD displays [Wrong Password] and stays offline. The machine will stay in TX Lock Mode until the correct password is entered.
Related Information
•
297
Mobile/Web Connect
•
•
•
•
298
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
•
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
•
•
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
299
> Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the website. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services.
1
2
3
1. Scanning
2. Photos, images, documents and other files
3. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet connection, and the Internet.
Press ( PHOTO/WEB ) to use Brother Web Connect.
Related Information
•
•
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
•
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
300
>
> Configure the
Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select [Network] . Press OK .
b. Select [Web Connect Settings] . Press OK .
c. Select [Proxy Settings] . Press OK .
d. Select [Proxy Connection] . Press OK .
e. Select [On] . Press OK .
f. Select the option that you want to set. Press OK .
g. Enter the proxy server information. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
301
>
> Configure the
Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Chrome for Android (4.x or later), and Chrome/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Network > Network > Protocol .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit .
6. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings .
7. Enter the proxy server information.
8. Click Submit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
302
> Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Use Brother Web Connect to access online services from your Brother machine. Some of these web services offer business versions.
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
Google Drive ™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronisation service.
URL: drive.google.com
Evernote ®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronisation service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive
An online file storage, sharing and management service.
URL: https://onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.onenote.com
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible Services
Upload scanned images
Google Drive ™
Evernote ®
Dropbox
OneDrive
Box
JPEG
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
OneNote
JPEG
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
TIFF
• Not all services are available in all countries.
• For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea:
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be downloaded.
303
Related Information
•
304
> Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
•
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
•
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
•
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
305
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure:
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.)
1
3 2
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1
3 2
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1
2
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
306
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
Related Information
•
307
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Related Information
•
308
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name
(if not already selected).
Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect .
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com
into your web browser's address bar.
Mac Type bwc.brother.com
into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
2. Select the service you want to use.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
•
309
>
Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
• You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
• Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control panel.
1. Press PHOTO/WEB .
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press c .
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c .
2. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select the service with which you want to register. Press OK .
b. Select [Register/Delete] . Press OK .
c. Select [Register Account] . Press OK .
3. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access. Press c .
4. Enter the temporary ID using the dial pad. Press OK .
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD. Press c .
6. Enter the name, and then press OK .
7. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press c . (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a fourdigit number, and then press OK .
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press d .
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
8. Press c to register your information as entered.
9. Press c .
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
10. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
310
> Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files or searchable PDF, monochrome scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading Microsoft Office files, monochrome scanning and grey scanning are not available.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice .
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to the respective service's website.
1. Load your document.
2. Press PHOTO/WEB .
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press c .
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press c .
3. Press a or b to select the following: a. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. Press OK .
b. Select your account name. Press OK .
4. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN, and then press OK .
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•
311
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint
AirPrint
•
•
•
•
•
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
312
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without printing them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer.
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specifically with the technology identified in the badge and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards.
Related Information
•
313
AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your machine to the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners .
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
The Add screen appears.
4. Select your machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
5. Click Add .
Related Information
•
314
AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
•
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
•
315
> Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Make sure you have loaded the correct paper in the paper tray and change the paper settings for the paper tray on your machine.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap or .
4. Tap Print .
5. Make sure your machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer .
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the options you want, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your machine).
9. Tap Print .
Related Information
•
316
> Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing, make sure your machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Make sure you have loaded the correct paper in the paper tray and change the paper settings for the paper tray on your machine.
2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print .
4. Make sure your machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select your machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your machine).
6. Click Print .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
317
AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
3. Click Printers & Scanners .
4. Select your machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
318
AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Make sure your machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the example below.
• AirPrint supports only monochrome fax documents.
1. Make sure your machine is turned on.
2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print .
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother XXX-XXXX - Fax (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
319
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria
® Print Service
Mopria ® Print Service
Mopria
®
Print Service is a print feature on Android
™
mobile devices (Android
™ version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria ® Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup.
2
1 3
1. Android Mobile Device (Android ™ 4.4 or later)
2. Wi-Fi ® Connection
3. Your Machine
You must download the Mopria ® Print Service from the Google Play ™ Store and install it on your Android device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
™
Related Information
•
320
Brother iPrint&Scan
•
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
•
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Mobile Devices
321
> Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Windows and Mac
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows and Mac to print and scan from your computer.
The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows. The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application.
• For Windows
Go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
to download the latest application.
• For Mac
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
If prompted, install the driver and software necessary to use your machine. Download the installer from your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Print Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
•
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
322
> Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Mobile Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview for Mobile Devices
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
• For Android ™ Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android ™ device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play ™ Store app.
• For all iOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your iOS device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Setup Wizard from Your Mobile Device
323
Troubleshooting
If you think there is a problem with your machine, first check each of the items below, then try to identify the problem, and follow our troubleshooting tips.
You can correct most problems yourself. If you need additional help, visit support.brother.com
for the latest FAQs and troubleshooting tips:
1. Visit support.brother.com
.
2. Click FAQs & Troubleshooting and search for your model name.
First, check the following:
• The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on.
• All of the machine's protective parts have been removed.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is set up on both the machine and your computer.
• (For network models) The access point (for wireless), router, or hub is turned on and its link indicator is blinking.
• The machine's LCD is displaying messages.
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information .
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
•
324
> Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com
.
• Related Information references are at the bottom of this page.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
Error Message
B&W Print Only
Cannot Connect
Cannot Print
Refill [X]
Cause Action
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks (except black) is low.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
While this message appears on the LCD, each operation works in the following way:
• Printing
(Windows)
If the media type is set to Plain Paper and you selected Greyscale in the printer driver, you can use the machine as a monochrome printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper , you can make copies in monochrome.
Refill the ink tank.
When you refill the ink tank, fill the ink up to the upper line, or fill with all of the ink in the bottle if it does not exceed the upper line.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press a ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press b ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
The machine may stop all print operations and you may not be able to use the machine until you refill the ink tank in the following case:
• If you unplug the machine.
The maximum number of mobile devices are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by printing the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information : Print the
Network Configuration Report .
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks is low. The machine will stop all print operations.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
Refill the ink tank.
When you refill the ink tank, fill the ink up to the upper line, or fill with all of the ink in the bottle if it does not exceed the upper line.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press a ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press b ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
• You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be refilled.
325
Error Message
Cannot Print XX
Cannot Scan XX
Change Paper?
Check ink level. If there is ink, then press OK.
Close ink cover.
Connection Error
Connection Fail
Cover is Open.
Data Remaining
Document Jam
High Temperature
Cause
The machine has a mechanical problem.
OR -
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Action
Open the scanner cover and remove any foreign objects and paper scraps from inside the machine. If the error message continues, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed in the Machine when using the
Standard Paper Tray (Paper Jam) .
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
This message is displayed when the setting to confirm the paper type and size is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message, change the setting to Off.
See Related Information
Check Paper Setting .
: Change the
A certain amount of ink is consumed during this operation.
Look through the window of the ink tank to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink.
If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
The ink tank cover is not locked in the closed position.
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
The Brother machine and your mobile device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
Firmly close the ink tank cover until it locks into place.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the correct PIN.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it again.
The scanner cover is not locked in the closed position.
The document was not inserted or fed correctly, or the document scanned from the ADF was too long.
Make sure the interface cable (if used) has been guided correctly through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press Stop/Exit . The machine will cancel the job and clear it from the memory. Try to print again.
Remove the jammed document, and then press Stop/Exit
ADF correctly.
. Set the document in the
See Related Information : Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF) .
See Related Information : Document
Jams .
The room temperature is too high.
After cooling the room, allow the machine to cool down to room temperature. Try again when the machine has cooled down.
326
Error Message
Ink Low
InkBox Full
InkBox NearFull
Low Temperature
No Device
Cause
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks is low.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
The ink absorber box is full. These components are periodic maintenance items that may require replacement after a period of time to ensure optimum performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic maintenance items, the replacement is not covered under the warranty. The need to replace these items and the time period before replacement is dependent on the number of purges and flushes required to clean the ink system. These boxes acquire amounts of ink during the different purging and flushing operations. The number of times a machine purges and flushes for cleaning varies depending on different situations. For example, frequently powering the machine on and off will cause numerous cleaning cycles since the machine automatically cleans upon power up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause frequent cleanings because non-Brother ink could cause poor print quality which is resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning the machine requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered under the stated product warranty.
The ink absorber box is nearly full.
Action
Look through the window of the ink tank to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink.
If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press a ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press b ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother Authorised Service Centre to have your machine serviced.
The room temperature is too low.
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.
The ink absorber box must be replaced soon. Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• The ink absorber box absorbs the small amount of ink emitted during print head cleaning.
After warming the room, allow the machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed up.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
327
Error Message
No Paper Fed
No Paper T1
No Paper MP
Out of Memory
Paper Jam
Cause
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
The paper was not inserted in the centre position of the manual feed slot.
(DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW)
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed correctly.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the MP tray.
The machine's memory is full.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
More than one sheet of paper was placed in the manual feed slot.
OR -
Another sheet of paper was placed in the manual feed slot before the LCD
Action
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then press
Mono Start or Colour Start .
• Remove and reload the paper, and then press Mono Start or Colour
Start .
See Related Information : Load Paper .
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the centre of the manual feed slot, and then follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information : Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot .
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed evenly at both ends.
See Related Information : Printer Jam or
Paper Jam .
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers .
Do one of the following:
• Refill the MP tray, and then press
Mono Start or Colour Start .
• Remove and reload the paper, and then press Mono Start or Colour
Start .
See Related Information : Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray) .
If a copy operation is in progress:
• Press Stop/Exit and wait until the other operations that are in progress finish, and then try again.
• Press Mono Start or Colour Start to copy the pages scanned so far.
Gently remove the jammed paper, and then press Stop/Exit .
See Related Information : Printer Jam or
Paper Jam .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper. (for some countries)
Do not put more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the LCD prompts you to load another sheet of paper before you feed
328
Error Message
Paper Jam
Size Mismatch
Tray not detected
Paper Tray 1 not detected
Cause Action displayed Place one sheet at a time.
.
(DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW)
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
the next sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
The paper size setting does not match the size of paper in the tray.
OR -
You did not set the paper guides in the tray to the indicators for the paper size you are using.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers .
1. Check that the paper size you chose on the machine's display matches the size of the paper in the tray.
See Related Information : Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type .
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in a
Portrait position, by setting the paper guides at the indicators for your paper size.
See Related Information : Load Paper .
3. After you have checked the paper size and the paper position, press Mono
Start or Colour Start .
If you are printing from your computer, make sure the paper size you selected in the printer driver or in the application you use to print matches the size of paper in the tray.
See Related Information : Print Settings
(Windows) .
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented the paper tray from being inserted correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine, and remove the jammed paper or foreign object. If you cannot find or remove the jammed paper, see Related Information :
Printer Jam or Paper Jam .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Error Message
Absorber NearFull
B&W Print Only
Cause
The ink absorber box is nearly full.
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks (except black) is low.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
While this message appears on the LCD, each operation works in the following way:
• Printing
(Windows)
If the media type is set to Plain Paper and you selected Greyscale in the
Action
The ink absorber box must be replaced soon. Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• The ink absorber box absorbs the small amount of ink emitted during print head cleaning.
Refill the ink tank.
When you refill the ink tank, fill the ink up to the upper line, or fill with all of the ink in the bottle if it does not exceed the upper line.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press c ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press d ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
329
Error Message
BT Call Sign On
Cannot Clean XX
Cannot Start XX
Cannot Print XX
Cause Action printer driver, you can use the machine as a monochrome printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper , you can make copies in monochrome.
The machine may stop all print operations and you may not be able to use the machine until you refill the ink tank in the following case:
• If you unplug the machine.
The machine is in Distinctive Ring mode.
You cannot change the Receive Mode from Manual to another mode.
The machine has a mechanical problem.
OR -
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Set Distinctive Ring to Off.
See Related Information : Turn off
Distinctive Ring .
Open the scanner cover and remove any foreign objects and paper scraps from inside the machine. If the error message continues, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front) .
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
See Related Information : Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report .
Cannot Scan XX
Check the ink levels,
If there is ink in all
4 ink tanks, Press OK
The machine has a mechanical problem.
Disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
If you cannot print received faxes, transfer them to another fax machine or to your computer before disconnecting the machine so you will not lose any important messages. Then, disconnect the machine from the power for several minutes and reconnect it.
See Related Information : Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report .
A certain amount of ink is consumed during this operation.
Look through the window of the ink tank to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink.
If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
Comm. Error
Connection Error
Poor telephone line quality caused a communication error.
Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Send the fax again or connect the machine to another telephone line. If the problem continues, contact the telephone company and ask them to check your telephone line.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed The Brother machine and your mobile device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
330
Error Message
Cover is Open.
Data Remaining
Disconnected
Document Jam
High Temperature
Hub is Unusable.
Ink Absorber Full
Cause
The scanner cover is not locked in the closed position.
Action
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the correct PIN.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it again.
The ink tank cover is not locked in the closed position.
Make sure the interface cable (if used) has been guided correctly through the cable channel and out the back of the machine.
Firmly close the ink tank cover until it locks into place.
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press Stop/Exit . The machine will cancel the job and clear it from the memory. Try to print again.
The other person or other person's fax machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system, try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information : Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP .
The document was not inserted or fed correctly, or the document scanned from the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then press Stop/Exit . Set the document in the
ADF correctly.
See Related Information : Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF) .
See Related Information : Document
Jams .
The room temperature is too high.
A hub or USB flash drive with hub has been connected to the USB direct interface.
The ink absorber box is full. These components are periodic maintenance items that may require replacement after a period of time to ensure optimum performance from your Brother machine.
Because these components are periodic maintenance items, the replacement is not covered under the warranty. The need to replace these items and the time period before replacement is dependent on the number of purges and flushes required to clean the ink system. These boxes acquire amounts of ink during the different purging and flushing operations. The number of times a machine purges and flushes for cleaning varies depending on different situations. For example, frequently powering the machine on and off will cause numerous cleaning cycles since the machine automatically cleans upon power up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause frequent cleanings
After cooling the room, allow the machine to cool down to room temperature. Try again when the machine has cooled down.
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the device from the USB direct interface.
The ink absorber box must be replaced.
Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother Authorised Service Centre to have your machine serviced.
331
Error Message
Ink Low
Jam A Inside/Front
Repeat Jam A
Jam B Front
Repeat Jam B Front
Jam C Rear
Jam D MP Tray
Cause because non-Brother ink could cause poor print quality which is resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning the machine requires, the faster these boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered under the stated product warranty.
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks is low.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
Action
Look through the window of the ink tank to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink.
If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press c ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press d ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front) .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper. (for some countries)
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front) .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper. (for some countries)
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear) .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
DO NOT extend the paper tray when you load A5 or smaller size paper. (for some countries)
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers .
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed in the Multi-purpose Tray (Jam D
MP tray) .
332
Error Message
Jam D MP Tray
Jam E Inside/MP
Repeat Jam E In/MP
Low Temperature
Media is Full.
No Caller ID
No Device
No File
No Paper Fed Again
No Paper Fed MPTray
No Paper Fed Tray 1
Cause
The paper guides are not set to the correct paper size.
The paper is jammed in the machine.
The paper guides are not set to the correct paper size.
The room temperature is too low.
The USB flash drive you are using does not have enough free space to scan the document.
There is no incoming call history. You did not receive calls or you have not subscribed to the Caller ID service from your telephone company.
When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.
Action
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Gently remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information : Paper is
Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose
Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP) .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
After warming the room, allow the machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed up.
Delete unused files from your USB flash drive to free some space, and then try again.
To use the Caller ID feature, contact your telephone company.
See Related Information : Caller ID .
The USB flash drive in the media drive does not contain a .JPG file.
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the MP tray.
The machine is out of paper or paper is not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed correctly.
• Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Reinsert the correct USB flash drive in the slot.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers .
Do one of the following:
• Refill the MP tray, and then press c .
• Remove and reload the paper, and then press c .
See Related Information : Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray) .
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then press c .
• Remove and reload the paper, and then press c .
See Related Information : Load Paper .
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed evenly at both ends.
See Related Information : Printer Jam or
Paper Jam .
333
Error Message
No Paper Fed Tray 1
No Response/Busy
Not Registered
Out of Fax Memory
Out of Memory
Paper Size Mismatch
Refill Ink
The maximum number of devices are already
Cause
Paper dust has accumulated on the surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Action
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers .
Verify the number and try again.
The number you dialled does not answer or is busy.
You tried to access a Speed Dial number that has not been stored in the machine.
The fax memory is full.
Set up the Speed Dial number.
The machine's memory is full.
The paper size setting does not match the size of paper in the tray.
OR -
You did not set the paper guides in the tray to the indicators for the paper size you are using.
The amount of remaining ink in one or more of the ink tanks is low. The machine will stop all print operations.
This error message may appear if the ink dot counter is incorrect even if some ink remains.
The maximum number of mobile devices are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information : Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory .
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in progress:
• Press Stop/Exit and wait until the other operations that are in progress finish, and then try again.
• Press c to select Partial Print to copy the pages scanned so far.
• Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information : Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory .
1. Check that the paper size you chose on the machine's display matches the size of the paper in the tray.
See Related Information : Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type .
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in a
Portrait position, by setting the paper guides at the indicators for your paper size.
See Related Information : Load Paper .
3. After you have checked the paper size and the paper position, press c .
If you are printing from your computer, make sure the paper size you selected in the printer driver or in the application you use to print matches the size of paper in the tray.
See Related Information : Print Settings
(Windows) .
Refill the ink tank.
When you refill the ink tank, fill the ink up to the upper line, or fill with all of the ink in the bottle if it does not exceed the upper line.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Press c ( Yes ) to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Press d ( No ) for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink
Tanks .
• You can still scan even if the ink is low or needs to be refilled.
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
334
Error Message connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
Tray 1 not detected
Tray 1 Settings
MP Tray Settings
Unusable Device
Disconnect device from front connector & turn machine off & then on
Unusable Device
Please Disconnect USB
Device.
Cause network when the Brother machine is the
Group Owner.
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by printing the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information : Print the
Network Configuration Report .
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented the paper tray from being inserted correctly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine, and remove the jammed paper or foreign object. If you cannot find or remove the jammed paper, see Related Information :
Printer Jam or Paper Jam .
This message is displayed when the setting to confirm the paper type and size is enabled.
A broken device is connected to the USB direct interface.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Action
To not display this confirmation message, change the setting to Off.
See Related Information : Change the
Check Paper Setting .
Unplug the device from the USB direct interface. Turn the machine off and then on again.
Unplug the device from the USB direct interface. Turn the machine off and then on again.
Related Information
•
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Related Topics:
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
•
Change the Check Paper Setting
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
•
•
•
•
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Multi-purpose Tray (Jam D MP tray)
335
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Machine when using the Standard Paper Tray (Paper Jam)
336
> Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the LCD shows:
• [Cannot Clean XX]
• [Cannot Start XX]
• [Cannot Print XX]
• [Cannot Scan XX]
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
See Related Information : Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine .
See Related Information : Transfer Faxes to Your Computer .
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
See Related Information : Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine .
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
•
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Topics:
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
•
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
•
•
337
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings .
3. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Service] . Press OK .
b. Select [Data Transfer] . Press OK .
c. Select [Fax Transfer] . Press OK .
4. Do one of the following:
• If the LCD displays [No Data] , there are no faxes left in the machine's memory.
Press c , and then press Stop/Exit .
• Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
5. Press Mono Start .
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
•
338
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can transfer the faxes from your machine's memory to your computer.
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer.
3. Launch selected).
( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already
4. Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive .
5. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
Press a or b to select [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off] . Press OK .
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, an LCD message prompts you to transfer the faxes to your computer.
Press c to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
•
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows only)
339
> Error and Maintenance Messages >
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
> Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
1. Press Stop/Exit to clear the error temporarily.
2. Press Settings .
3. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Service] . Press OK .
b. Select [Data Transfer] . Press OK .
c. Select [Report Transfer] . Press OK .
4. Enter the fax number where Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
5. Press Mono Start .
Related Information
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Topics:
•
340
> Error and Maintenance Messages > Error Messages When Using the Brother
Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are shown in the chart.
You can correct most errors yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com
.
Connection Error
Error Messages
Connection Error 02
Connection Error 03
Connection Error 07
Cause
The machine is not connected to a network.
Action
• Verify that the network connection is good.
• If PHOTO/WEB was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
•
•
Network or server settings are incorrect.
There is a problem with the network or server.
• Confirm that network settings are correct, or wait and try again later.
• If PHOTO/WEB was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
Date and time settings are incorrect.
Set the date and time correctly. Note that if the machine's power cord is disconnected, the date and time settings may have reset to factory settings.
Authentication Error
Error Messages
Authentication Error 01
Authentication Error 02
Authentication Error 03
Cause
The PIN you entered to access the account is incorrect. The PIN is the four-digit number that was entered when registering the account to the machine.
The temporary ID that was entered is incorrect.
The temporary ID that was entered has expired. A temporary ID is valid for 24 hours.
The name you entered as the display name has already been registered to another service user.
Action
Enter the correct PIN.
Enter the correct temporary ID.
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again and receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the machine.
Enter a different display name.
341
Server Error
Error Messages
Server Error 01
Server Error 03
Server Error 13
Cause
The machine's authentication information (needed to access the service) has expired or is invalid.
The file you are trying to upload may have one of the following problems:
• The file exceeds the service's limit on number of pixels, file size, etc.
• The file type is not supported.
• The file is corrupted.
There is a problem with the service and it cannot be used now.
Action
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again to receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the machine.
The file cannot be used:
• Check the service's size or format restrictions.
• Save the file as a different type.
• If possible, get a new, uncorrupted version of the file.
Wait and try again. If you get the message again, access the service from a computer to confirm if it is unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages
Shortcut Error 02
Related Information
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
Cause
The shortcut cannot be used because the account was deleted after the shortcut was registered.
Action
Delete the shortcut, and then register the account and shortcut again.
342
> Document Jams
Document Jams
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
•
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
•
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
•
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
343
> Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jammed document by pulling it upwards.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Press Stop/Exit .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the centre.
Related Information
•
344
> Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the left.
4. Close the document cover.
Related Information
•
345
> Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Related Models : DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
Related Information
•
346
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Printer Jam or Paper Jam
Locate and remove the jammed paper.
•
Paper is Jammed in the Machine when using the Standard Paper Tray (Paper Jam)
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
•
Paper is Jammed in the Multi-purpose Tray (Jam D MP tray)
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
347
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Machine when using the
Standard Paper Tray (Paper Jam)
Paper is Jammed in the Machine when using the Standard Paper Tray
(Paper Jam)
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
When printing from the paper tray, if the LCD displays [Paper Jam] , follow these steps:
If you are using the MP tray, see Related Information : Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose
Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP) .
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
5. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
348
1
6. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open position.
1
7. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
8. Move the print head (if needed) to take out any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
2
1
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
349
1
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these steps: a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then hold down the Stop/Exit button until the print head moves to the centre.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and remove the jammed paper.
2
3
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then move the print head to take out the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
9. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
10. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
350
1
11. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
12. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
13. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
14. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
1
15. Reconnect the power cord.
2
351
Additional paper jam clear operations
If the LCD error message continues to appear and you repeatedly experience paper jams, do the following:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket and open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Load one sheet of thick A4 or Letter sized paper, such as glossy paper, in the manual feed slot. Insert the paper deep into the manual feed slot.
3. Re-connect the power cord.
The paper you placed in the manual feed slot will be fed through the machine and ejected. If the thick paper is pushing any jammed paper out, remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP)
352
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the
Machine (Jam A Inside/Front)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Front of the Machine (Jam A Inside/
Front)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the LCD displays [Jam A Inside/Front] or [Repeat Jam A] , follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
5. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open position.
353
1
6. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
1
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these steps: a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then press and hold the Stop/Exit button until the print head moves to the centre.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and gently remove the jammed paper.
354
2
3
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then move the print head to remove the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam A] , move the print head (if needed) to remove any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
2
1
7. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
355
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam A] , do the following: a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1 b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1 c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
8. Push the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
356
9. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
10. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
357
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam
B Front)
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine (Jam B Front)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the LCD displays [Jam B Front] or [Repeat Jam B Front] , follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
4. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
358
If your LCD error message was [Repeat Jam B Front] , do the following: a. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1 b. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1 c. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
d. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
359
6. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
7. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
360
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam
C Rear)
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine (Jam C Rear)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the LCD displays [Jam C Rear] , follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
Depending on the paper size, it is easier to remove the jammed paper from the front of the machine rather than from the back of the machine.
4. Squeeze both levers (1), and then open the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine.
1
5. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
361
6. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
7. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
8. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
9. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
362
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Multi-purpose Tray (Jam D
MP tray)
Paper is Jammed in the Multi-purpose Tray (Jam D MP tray)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If the LCD displays [Jam D MP Tray] , follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Remove any paper that is loaded on the MP tray.
Place the paper support back into the MP tray cover.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
5. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
363
1
If you are having difficulty pulling the paper out, push the release lever (1) toward the back of the machine, and then pull the paper.
1
6. Close the MP tray cover.
7. Push the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
8. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
1
9. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
2
364
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
365
> Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose
Tray (Paper Jam/Jam E Inside/MP)
Paper is Jammed Inside and in the Multi-purpose Tray (Paper Jam/Jam
E Inside/MP)
Related Models : DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
(DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW) When using the Multi-purpose (MP) tray, if the LCD displays [Paper Jam] , follow these steps:
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) If the LCD displays [Jam E Inside/MP] or [Repeat Jam E In/MP] , follow these steps:
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
IMPORTANT
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Before you unplug the machine from the power source, you can transfer your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
2. Remove any paper that is loaded on the MP tray.
Place the paper support back into the MP tray cover.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Pull the two green levers inside the machine to release the jammed paper.
366
5. Place both hands under the plastic tabs on both sides of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open position.
1
6. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the encoder strip, a thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(1). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
367
1
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration (2), you cannot move it. Follow these steps: a. Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord.
b. Open the scanner cover again, and then press and hold the Stop/Exit button until the print head moves to the centre.
c. Unplug the machine from the power source and remove the jammed paper.
2
3
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then move the print head to remove the paper.
Hold the concave areas with the triangle marks as shown in the illustration (3) to move the print head.
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
368
Move the print head (if needed) to remove any paper remaining in this area. Make sure scraps of paper are not left in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
2
1
7. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
8. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
If you are having difficulty pulling paper out, push the release lever (1) toward the back of the machine, and then pull the paper.
1
9. Close the MP tray cover.
369
10. Push the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
11. While holding the paper tray in the machine, pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
12. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
370
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer support.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com
.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
•
•
•
371
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Paper Handling and Printing
Problems
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
If, after reading this table, you still need help, see the latest FAQs & Troubleshooting tips at support.brother.com
.
>> Paper Handling Difficulties
>> Printing Received Faxes (MFC models)
Printing Difficulties
Difficulties
No printout
Suggestions
(Windows)
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.
Check to see if the machine's display is showing an error message.
See Related Information : Error and Maintenance Messages .
Check that the machine is online:
• Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers . Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what’s printing . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers . Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what's printing . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers . Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where
XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what's printing . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel . In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers . Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer
(where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Click See what's printing . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers . Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX
Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model) and click See what's printing . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows Server 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers . Rightclick Brother XXX-XXXX Printer (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model). Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
372
Difficulties
The headers or footers appear when the document is displayed on the screen but do not appear when the document is printed.
Cannot perform ‘Page Layout’ printing.
Print speed is too slow.
Suggestions
Look through the window of the ink tank to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink.
If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
A message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
Select Yes to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colour. Select No for the non-refilled colours.
See Related Information : Refill the Ink Tanks .
If old, unprinted data remains in the printer driver spooler, it will prevent new print jobs from printing. Open the printer icon and delete all data as follows:
• Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers > Printers .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers > Printers .
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers > Printers .
• Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel . In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers > Printers .
• Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click / Start > Devices and Printers > Printers and Faxes .
• Windows Server 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers .
• Mac
Click the System Preferences > Printers & Scanners .
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
See Related Information : Unprintable Area .
(Windows )
Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are the same.
(Windows)
Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data processing, sending, and printing time. Try the other quality settings in the printer driver as follows:
In the printer driver, clear the Colour Enhancement check box on the Advanced tab.
Turn the Borderless feature off. Borderless printing is slower than normal printing.
See Related Information : Print Settings (Windows) .
Turn the Quiet Mode setting off. Print speed is slower in Quiet Mode. See
Related Information : Reduce Printing Noise .
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer drivers, your application, or the
Paper Type setting on the machine matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information : Change the Paper Size and Paper Type .
See Related Information : Print Settings (Windows) .
373
Print Quality Difficulties
Difficulties
Poor print quality
White lines appear in text or graphics.
Dark lines appear at regular intervals.
Suggestions
Check the print quality.
See Related Information : Check the Print Quality .
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer drivers, your application, or the
Paper Type setting on the machine matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information : Change the Paper Size and Paper Type .
See Related Information : Print Settings (Windows) .
Make sure the ink is fresh. The following may cause ink to clog:
• The expiration date written on the bottle package has passed.
• The ink bottle may not have been stored correctly before use. Store the ink bottle on a level surface in a cool, dark place.
• The ink bottle cap may not be tightly secured.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model. Brother does not recommend using non-Brother Original ink, or refilling with ink other than Brother Original ink.
Make sure you are using one of the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information : Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media .
The recommended environment for your machine is between 20°C to 33°C.
Clean the print head.
See Related Information : Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine .
See Related Information : Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management .
See Related Information : Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows) .
Check and adjust the paper feed. See Related Information : Correct the Paper
Feed to Clear Vertical Lines .
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model.
Try using the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information : Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media .
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink economy and maintain print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Check and adjust the paper feed.
See Related Information : Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines .
The machine prints blank pages.
Check the print quality.
See Related Information : Check the Print Quality .
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink economy and maintain print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend using
374
Difficulties Suggestions to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Characters and lines are blurred.
Check the printing alignment.
See Related Information : Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine .
Change the print options.
See Related Information : Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results .
Printed text or images are skewed.
There are smudges or stains at the top centre of the printed page.
Printing appears dirty or ink seems to run.
Ink is smudged or wet when using glossy photo paper.
Stains appear on the reverse side or at the bottom of the page.
The printouts are wrinkled.
Smudge or stain on the reverse side of the page when using the automatic 2-sided printing feature.
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray and the paper guides are adjusted correctly.
See Related Information : Load Paper .
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
Make sure the paper is not too thick or curled.
See Related Information : Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media .
Make sure you are using the recommended types of paper. Do not handle the paper until the ink is dry.
See Related Information : Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media .
Make sure the printing surface is face down in the paper tray.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model.
If you are using photo paper, make sure the glossy side of the photo paper is face down in the tray and you have set the correct paper type. If you are printing a photo from your computer, set the Media Type in the printer driver or in the application you use to print.
Be sure to check the front and back of the paper. Place the glossy surface
(printing surface) face down.
See Related Information : Change the Paper Size and Paper Type .
If you use glossy photo paper, make sure the paper type setting is correct.
Make sure the printer platen is not dirty with ink.
See Related Information : Clean the Machine's Printer Platen .
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model.
Make sure you are using the paper support flap.
See Related Information : Load Paper .
Make sure the paper feed rollers are not dirty with ink.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper Feed Rollers .
(Windows)
In the printer driver, select the Advanced tab, click Other Print Options , and then click Advanced Colour Settings . Clear the Bi-Directional Printing check box.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink designed for your model.
(Windows)
Change the Reduce Smudge option in your printer driver properties or preferences.
See Related Information : Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows) .
375
Paper Handling Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine does not feed paper. Make sure the paper tray is pushed in all the way until it locks into place.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine is closed.
If the machine's LCD displays a Paper Jam message and you still have a problem, see Related Information : Error and Maintenance Messages .
If the paper tray is empty, load a new stack of paper into the paper tray.
Photo paper does not feed correctly.
Machine feeds multiple pages.
There is a paper jam.
The paper jams when you use 2sided print.
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and put it back in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers .
Make sure that the paper is within specifications for the machine.
See Related Information : Paper Weight and Thickness .
When you print on photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
• Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
• Remove all the paper from the tray and fan the stack of paper well, then put it back in the tray.
• Make sure you do not push the paper in too far.
See Related Information : Load Paper .
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
See Related Information : Printer Jam or Paper Jam .
Make sure the Base Pad in the paper tray is not dirty.
See Related Information : Clean the Base Pad .
See Related Information : Printer Jam or Paper Jam .
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Use the jam prevention settings.
For copying:
See Related Information : Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results .
For printing:
See Related Information : Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results .
See Related Information : Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows) .
If paper jams occur frequently during 2-sided printing, the paper feed rollers may be stained with ink. Clean the paper feed rollers.
See Related Information : Clean the Paper Feed Rollers .
Printing Received Faxes (MFC models)
Difficulties
• Condensed print
• Horizontal streaks
• Top and bottom sentences are cut off
• Missing lines
Suggestions
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
376
Difficulties
Black lines when receiving.
Left and right margins are cut off or a single page is printed on two pages.
Suggestions
The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
If the received faxes are divided and printed on two pages or if you get an extra blank page, your paper size setting may not be correct for the paper you are using.
See Related Information : Change the Paper Size and Paper Type .
Turn on Auto Reduction.
See Related Information : Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax .
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
•
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
•
•
•
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
•
•
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•
•
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
•
•
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
•
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
•
•
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
377
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
>> Telephone Line or Connections
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties
Dialling does not work. (No dial tone)
The machine does not answer when called.
Suggestions
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP) .
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information : Telephone Line Interference/VoIP .
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
See Related Information : Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode .
(Not available for South Africa)
Send a manual fax by pressing the Hook button, and dialing the number. Wait to hear fax-receiving tones before pressing the Start button.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line cord to the socket. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line and/or wall socket.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
See Related Information : Choose the Correct Receive Mode .
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If there is no ringing when you call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine ‘Hears’ a voice as a
CNG Tone.
Sending a Fax Call to the machine.
If Fax Detect is set to On, your machine is more sensitive to sounds. It may mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a fax machine calling and respond with fax receiving tones. Deactivate the machine by pressing Stop/
Exit . Try avoiding this problem by turning Fax Detect Off.
See Related Information : Set Fax Detect .
If you answered on an extension or external telephone, press your Remote
Activation Code (the factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external telephone, press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line.
If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID, Voice Mail, an answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single
378
Difficulties
Receiving Faxes
Difficulties
Cannot receive a fax.
Suggestions telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error
Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate telephone line with no custom features.
Suggestions
(Not available for South Africa)
Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you hear static or interference on your fax line, contact your local telephone provider.
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP) . This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
See Related Information : Telephone Line Interference/VoIP .
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as the Brother machine.
See Related Information : Choose the Correct Receive Mode .
• If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine, you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your
Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
• If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your
Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
• If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to one ring.
See Related Information : Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay) .
• If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings programmed on your answering machine to two.
• If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
• If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly.
Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay, then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before the machine has a chance to answer.
379
Difficulties Suggestions
• If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem with your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up correctly.
See Related Information : Connect an External TAD .
1. Connect the external TAD as shown in the following topic:
See Related Information : External TAD (Telephone Answering Device) .
2. Set your answering machine to answer in one or two rings.
3. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
• Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
• Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
• End your outgoing message with your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
4. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
5. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information : Choose the Correct Receive Mode .
Make sure your Brother machine’s Fax Detect feature is turned On. Fax Detect is a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an external or extension telephone.
See Related Information : Set Fax Detect .
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic (for VoIP) .
See Related Information : Telephone Line Interference/VoIP .
(Available only for some countries.)
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information : Set the Telephone Line Type .
Sending Faxes
Difficulties
Cannot send a fax.
Poor sending quality.
Transmission Verification Report says RESULT:NG.
Suggestions
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. Make sure your machine has a dial tone by pressing the Hook button in Fax mode. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP) .
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information : Telephone Line Interference/VoIP .
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
See Related Information : Print Reports .
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your machine’s scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
See Related Information : Clean the Scanner .
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again.
If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your telephone line.
380
Difficulties
Sent faxes are blank.
Suggestions
See Related Information : Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory .
See Related Information : Cancel a Fax in Progress .
See Related Information : Check and Cancel a Pending Fax .
(Available only for some countries.)
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information : Set the Telephone Line Type .
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic (for VoIP).
See Related Information : Telephone Line Interference/VoIP .
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information : Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) .
See Related Information : Load Documents on the Scanner Glass .
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
See Related Information : Clean the Scanner .
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•
•
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Related Topics:
•
•
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
•
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•
•
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•
•
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•
•
•
•
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•
•
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
381
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Dial Tone] . Press OK .
c. Select [Detection] or [No Detection] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
382
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
If you are having problems sending or receiving a fax due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, we recommend changing the modem speed to minimise errors in fax operations.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Compatibility] . Press OK .
c. Select [Normal] or [Basic(for VoIP)] . Press OK .
• [Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off Error Correction Mode
(ECM). Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting to [Basic(for VoIP)] .
• [Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press Stop/Exit .
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line.
• Brother does not recommend the use of a VoIP line. VoIP limitations in general can cause some functions of the fax machine not to work correctly.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
383
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Other Problems
Other Problems
>> PhotoCapture Center Difficulties (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Copying Difficulties
Difficulties
Black lines or streaks appear in copies.
Suggestions
Black lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip, scanner glass, and the white bar and white plastic above them.
See Related Information : Clean the Scanner .
A
Black marks or spots appear in copies.
Copies are blank.
Black marks or spots on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the scanner glass. Clean the scanner glass and white plastic above it.
See Related Information : Clean the Scanner .
Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information : Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF) .
See Related Information : Load Documents on the Scanner Glass .
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information : Load Documents on the Scanner Glass .
Poor copy results when using the
ADF.
(ADF models)
Fit to Page does not work correctly.
Make sure the document is not skewed on the scanner glass. Reposition the document and try again.
Smudge or stain on the reverse side of the page when using the 2sided copy feature.
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Change the print options.
See Related Information : Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print
Results .
Scanning Difficulties
Difficulties
TWAIN or WIA errors appear when starting to scan. (Windows)
OCR does not work.
Poor scanning results when using the ADF. (Black lines appear in the scanned data.)
(ADF models)
Suggestions
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in your scanning application. For example, in Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE, click
Desktop > Scan Settings > Select to choose the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver.
Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Clean the white bar and the glass strip underneath it.
See Related Information : Clean the Scanner .
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information : Load Documents on the Scanner Glass .
384
PhotoCapture Center Difficulties (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Difficulties
Part of my photo is missing when printed.
Suggestions
Make sure Borderless printing and Cropping are turned off.
See Related Information : Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive .
See Related Information : Print Photos with Auto Cropping .
Software Difficulties
Difficulties
Cannot print.
“The device is busy.” appears on the computer screen.
Suggestions
Uninstall the drivers (Windows) and the Brother software and reinstall the latest version of both.
Make sure there is no error message on the machine's display.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
•
•
•
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•
Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
385
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Network Problems
Network Problems
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
Check the Brother Machine's Network Settings
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
386
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Use the
Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
Make sure your machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool .
3. Follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool . This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
387
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> Check the
Brother Machine's Network Settings
Check the Brother Machine's Network Settings
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
388
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> If You Are
Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer support.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems yourself.
If you need additional help, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page at support.brother.com
.
>> I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
>> My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
>> I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then, try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not correct.
Action
• Confirm the security settings using Wireless Setup Helper . For more information and to download the utility, go to your model's
Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
• Select and confirm that you are using the correct security settings.
See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router for information on how to find the security settings.
The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security settings.
Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Your Brother machine's MAC address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's control panel.
Your wireless LAN access point/router is in stealth mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
Your security settings (SSID/ password) are not correct.
• Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
• Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and reconfigure the wireless network setup.
• Confirm the SSID and password.
When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s screen.
You are using Android ™ 4.0. If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a Group Owner.
Your Brother machine is placed too far from your mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 metre) of the mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for example) between your
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area.
Interface
Wireless
Wireless
Wireless
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
389
Cause machine and the mobile device.
There is a wireless computer, Bluetooth ® supported device, microwave oven, or digital cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the mobile device.
You have checked and tried all of the above, but your
Brother machine still cannot complete the Wi-Fi Direct configuration.
Action
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile device.
• Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then, try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
• If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network, and then check how many devices are connected.
Interface
Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct
For Windows
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
Cause
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
(The Network scanning feature does not work. )
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not work.)
(Windows)
Action
• Windows
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type the information below:
In Name :
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
In Port number :
Type 54925.
Type 137.
Type 161.
In Protocol :
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
• Mac
(Brother iPrint&Scan)
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then doubleclick the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
• In Name :
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
• In Port number :
Type 54926.
• In Protocol :
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
390
Cause
Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.
Your Brother machine was not assigned an available
IP address.
The failed print job is still in your computer's print queue.
Action
Some security software might block access without showing a security alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask the software manufacturer.
• Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
• Windows
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
• Mac
Check your network devices using the ping command. For more information on how to confirm your network settings, see Related
Information : Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command .
• If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
• Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and cancel all documents:
Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine is not connected to the wireless network.
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel .
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers .
Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel .
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers >
Printers .
Windows 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers .
Windows Server 2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers .
Mac
Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners .
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the drivers (Windows) and the Brother software and reinstall the latest version of both.
391
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check
Check that your Brother machine, access point/ router, or network hub is turned on.
Action
Check the following:
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link indicator is blinking.
• All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother machine from your computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or the node name in the Windows command prompt or Mac Terminal application: ping <ipaddress> or <nodename> .
• Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and connected to the same network as your computer.
• Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same network as your computer.
Windows:
Ask your administrator about the IP address and the subnet mask, and then use the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Mac:
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Check that your Brother machine is connected to the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report.
Interface
Wired/Wireless
Wired/Wireless
Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID (Network Name) and the Network Key (Password) information and set them correctly.
Related Information
•
•
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Related Topics:
•
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows)
•
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
•
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
•
392
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
>
Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network > Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check the IP addresses of both your computer and your Brother machine, and then confirm whether the network is operating correctly.
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
>> Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows 10
Click > Windows System > Command Prompt .
• Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Search >
Command Prompt .
• Windows7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt .
2. Type "ipconfig" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
4. Type "exit" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Mac)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu.
2. Click Network > Advanced > TCP/IP .
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Print the Network Configuration Report, and confirm the values for the IP address and subnet mask.
Check the IP addresses for both your computer and your Brother machine. Confirm that the network address portions are the same. For example, if the subnet mask is "255.255.255.0", it is normal for only the host address portions to be different.
IP Address
Network Address Host Address
192.168.100.
250
Subnet Mask 255.255.255.
0
Set the final number, which corresponds to "0" in the subnet mask, to 1–254.
Usually, there are no problems when the subnet mask is
"255.255.255.0". Use the same value for all of your computers.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine's Network
393
> If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
> AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty
My machine is not displayed in the printer list.
I cannot print.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Suggestions
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access point/router, or to your machine.
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings.
Make sure you are running the latest OS version.
Related Information
•
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
Related Topics:
•
394
> Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your machine's serial number, firmware version, and firmware update.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to select [Machine Info.] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option
Serial No.
Description
Check your machine's serial number.
Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
4. Press OK .
5. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to select [Machine Info.] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option
Serial No.
Description
Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check View firmware information on the Home screen.
Page Counter Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
4. Press OK .
5. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
395
> Reset Your Machine
Reset Your Machine
IMPORTANT
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Reset] . Press OK .
c. Select the reset option you want to use. Press OK .
3. Press a for [Reset] to confirm.
4. Press a for [Yes] to reboot the machine.
The machine restarts.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Reset] . Press OK .
c. Select the reset option you want to use. Press OK .
3. Press c for two seconds to confirm.
The machine restarts.
Related Information
•
•
Related Topics:
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
396
> Reset Your Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
IMPORTANT
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
When you reset the machine, your faxes that are stored in the machine's memory may be deleted. Before you reset the machine, you can transfer your faxes to your computer or another fax machine so you will not lose any important messages.
The following reset functions are available:
1.
[Machine Reset]
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed.
The Address Book, Fax Reports, and Call History will remain. (MFC models)
2.
[Network]
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3.
[Address Book & Fax] (MFC models)
Address Book & Fax resets the following settings:
• Address Book and Setup Groups
• Station ID
Name and Number
• Report
Transmission Verification Report, Address Book and Fax Journal
• History
and Outgoing Call
• Faxes in memory
4.
[All Settings]
Use this reset function to reset all of the machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
We strongly recommend you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
(DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Unplug the interface cable before you select [Network] or [All Settings] .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
1
(Not available for Taiwan and some countries)
397
Routine Maintenance
•
•
•
•
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
•
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
398
Home > Routine Maintenance > Refill the Ink Tanks
Refill the Ink Tanks
Make sure to confirm the actual amount of remaining ink visually by looking through the window (1) of the ink tank. If the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line (2) under the minimum fill mark, refill the ink tank.
1
2
The ink below the lower line is necessary to prevent air from drying out and damaging the print head assembly.
Refill the ink tank when the remaining ink level is at or below the lower line.
CAUTION
If ink gets into your eyes, rinse them with water immediately. If left as it is, it may cause red eye or mild inflammation. In case of any abnormality, consult your doctor.
IMPORTANT
• Brother strongly recommends that you continue to use only Brother Original replacement ink designed for your model. Use or attempted use of potentially incompatible ink in the Brother machine may cause damage to the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any problem that is caused by the use of unauthorised third-party ink. To protect your investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of Brother
Original ink.
• Check the ink bottle model name on the label. Using the incorrect ink may cause damage to the machine.
BTD60BK
BT5000CMY
BT5001CMY
BT5009CMY
BT6000BK
BT6001BK
BT6009BK
1. Open the ink tank cover (1).
399
1
2. Remove the ink tank cap for the colour you want to refill, and place it on the back of the cover, as shown.
NOTE
Be careful to avoid touching any ink when handling the ink tank cap.
3. Remove the ink bottle cap, remove the film from the ink bottle, and then replace the cap.
IMPORTANT
• Replace the ink bottle cap tightly. Otherwise, the ink may leak.
• DO NOT shake the ink bottles. If ink stains your skin or clothing, wash with soap or detergent at once.
4. Remove the nozzle cap, as shown.
5. Make sure that the colour of the ink tank cap matches the ink colour you want to refill.
Keep the nozzle close to the ink tank opening and insert the bottle nozzle firmly into the ink tank so that the ink does not spill.
400
To fill the ink tank faster, insert the bottle nozzle firmly into the ink tank so that the arrow mark shown on the ink bottle in the illustration is up.
6. The bottle is self-standing, and the ink fills automatically until the bottle is empty or until the ink reaches the maximum fill mark line.
To fill the ink tank faster, squeeze the bottle on both sides.
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to fill the ink past the upper line above the maximum fill mark.
NOTE
• Be careful not to spill any ink when you refill the ink tank.
• Refill with all of the ink in the bottle, if it does not exceed the upper line.
7. Keep the nozzle close to the ink tank opening and turn the nozzle up and remove the bottle from the ink tank so that the ink does not spill.
401
8. Replace the nozzle cap.
NOTE
• If any ink remains in the ink bottle, seal the cap tightly and store the ink bottle upright on a level surface in a cool, dark place.
• Avoid tilting the ink bottle or storing it on its side; it may leak.
9. Reattach the ink tank cap.
10. Repeat these steps for each ink tank you want to refill.
11. Close the ink tank cover.
When you open and close the ink tank cover, a message may appear on the LCD to verify whether the ink tanks were refilled.
• If you refilled the ink tanks, select [Yes] to reset the ink dot counter for the refilled colours.
• If you did not refill the ink tank, be sure to select [No] .
IMPORTANT
• If you accidentally mix the colours by filling the wrong ink tank, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• If you have opened an ink bottle, use it within six months. Use unopened ink bottles by the expiration date written on the bottle package.
402
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
403
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean Your Brother Machine
•
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
•
Clean the Outside of the Machine
•
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•
•
•
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
404
> Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the scanner glass (2) and the white plastic (3) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1 3
2
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the glass strip (2) with a lint-free cloth moistened with water. (ADF models only)
1
2
(ADF models only)
If you feel dirt or debris, clean the glass again. You may need to repeat the cleaning process three or four times. To test, make a copy after each cleaning attempt.
When there is a spot of dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, the printed sample shows a vertical line.
After the glass strip is cleaned, the vertical line is gone.
Related Information
•
405
Related Topics:
•
•
406
> Clean the Print Head from Your Brother
Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
• Clean the print head if there is a horizontal line or a blank space in the text or graphics on printed pages.
Depending on the problem colour, select to clean Black only, three colours at a time (Yellow/Cyan/Magenta), or all four colours at once.
• Cleaning the print head consumes ink.
• Cleaning too often uses ink unnecessarily.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
b. Select [Cleaning] . Press OK .
c. Select [Black] , [Colour] , or [All] . Press OK .
d. Select [Normal] , [Strong] , or [Strongest] . Press OK .
3. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine starts cleaning.
NOTE
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method, which cleans the print head with more force.
1. Make sure all ink tanks are filled more than halfway, as this method consumes a large amount of ink.
2. Press Menu .
3. Press a or b to select [Maintenance] > [Cleaning] , and then press OK .
4. Press Menu and OK simultaneously.
The machine starts cleaning.
• Use the Special cleaning method only if you previously cleaned the print head several times and the print quality did not improve.
• If you start the cleaning with low ink amount, it may cause damage to the machine. Check each ink tank level before starting the cleaning and refill each ink tank as necessary.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Ink).
407
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Print Head Cleaning] . Press OK .
b. Select [Black only] , [Colour only] , or [All] . Press OK .
c. Select [Normal] , [Strong] , or [Strongest] . Press OK .
3. Press c .
The machine cleans the print head.
NOTE
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method.
1. Make sure all ink tanks are filled more than halfway, as this method consumes a large amount of ink.
2. Press (Ink).
3. Press a or b to select [Print Head Cleaning] . Press OK .
4. Press Settings and OK simultaneously.
The machine starts cleaning.
• Use the Special cleaning method only if you previously cleaned the print head several times and the print quality did not improve.
• If you start the cleaning with low ink amount, it may cause damage to the machine. Check each ink tank level before starting the cleaning and refill each ink tank as necessary.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
•
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
408
> Clean the Print Head Using Web Based
Management
Clean the Print Head Using Web Based Management
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click ( Machine Settings ) to configure the settings.
4. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
5. Go to the navigation menu, and then click General > Print Head Cleaning .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
6. Select the Normal , Strong , or Strongest option for the cleaning strength you want. The Special option uses the most power in cleaning the print heads, but also consumes the most ink.
7. Click Start .
• The Special option requires a large amount of ink to clean the print head. Refill all ink tank levels to more than half before starting the print head cleaning.
• Use the Special option only if you previously used the Strongest option and the print quality did not improve.
• If you start the cleaning with low ink amount, it may cause damage to the machine. Check each ink tank level before starting the cleaning and refill each ink tank as necessary.
8. Click Yes .
The machine starts cleaning.
(Windows) You can also clean the print head using the printer driver.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
409
> Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Windows)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows 10, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019
Click > Windows System > Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings , and then click Control Panel . In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows Server 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows Server 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings , and then click Control Panel . In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers .
• For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows Server 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers .
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX Printer icon (where XXX-XXXX is the name of your model), and then select Printing preferences . If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
3. Click the Maintenance tab.
4. Select one of the following options:
Option
Check Print Quality...
Description
Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning...
Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces appear in text or graphics on the test page.
5. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the Check Print Quality...
option, click Start .
The machine prints the test page.
• If you selected the Print Head Cleaning...
option, select the Black only , Colour only , or All option for the cleaning type, and then click Next .
6. Select the Normal , Strong , or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next .
7. Click Start .
The machine starts cleaning.
If you start the cleaning with low ink amount, it may cause damage to the machine. Check each ink tank level before starting the cleaning and refill each ink tank as necessary.
Related Information
•
410
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
411
> Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Machine's LCD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few seconds before the power goes off.
2. Clean the LCD with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
Related Information
•
412
> Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Outside of the Machine
IMPORTANT
• Cleaning with volatile liquids such as thinner or benzine will damage the outside surface of the machine.
• DO NOT use cleaning materials that contain ammonia.
• DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Wipe the outside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
4. Lift the output paper tray cover and remove anything that is stuck inside the paper tray.
5. Wipe the inside and the outside of the paper tray with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
6. Close the output paper tray cover and slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
•
413
> Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
WARNING
Be sure to unplug the machine from the electrical socket before cleaning the printer platen to avoid an electrical shock.
1. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open position.
2. Clean the machine’s printer platen (1) and the area around it, wiping off scattered ink with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
1
2
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the encoder strip, the thin strip of plastic that stretches across the width of the machine
(2). Doing this may cause damage to the machine.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
4. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
414
> Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed rollers are stained with ink or have a buildup of paper dust, it may cause paper feed problems.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
4. Clean the front side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, using a side-to-side motion. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
5. (DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) Lift the flap (2), and then clean the back side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1 2
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
7. Reconnect the power cord.
415
Do not use the machine again until the rollers are dry. Using the machine before the rollers are dry may cause paper feed problems.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
416
> Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Base Pad
Cleaning the Base Pad periodically may prevent the machine from feeding multiple sheets of paper when there are only a few sheets of paper left in the tray.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine.
1
3. Clean the Base Pad (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the pad with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
4. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
417
> Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly.
A Paper Pick-Up Rollers Cleaning Kit is supplied with your machine in some countries. Clean the paper pick-up rollers using the kit. For more information, see the instructions provided with the cleaning kit.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
1
2
3. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
4. Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the rollers so that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
5. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Error and Maintenance Messages
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
418
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
•
•
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
419
Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Quality
If faded or streaked colours and text appear or if text is missing on your printouts, the print head nozzles may be clogged. Print the Print Quality Check Sheet and look at the nozzle check pattern.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
b. Select [ImproveQuality] . Press OK .
c. Select [Check Quality] . Press OK .
3. Press Colour Start .
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
4. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
5. When an LCD message prompts you to check the print quality, do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press a to select [Yes] .
Press Stop/Exit to finish the Print Quality check.
• If lines are missing (see Poor , below), press b to select [No] .
OK (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W)
Poor (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W)
OK (DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW)
Poor (DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW)
6. When the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality of each colour, press a or b to select the pattern that most closely matches the printing result. Press OK .
420
Refer to the sample below to check the print quality.
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
Patterns
Print Quality None A Few
DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
About Half Many
Patterns
Print Quality None A Few About Half Many
7. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press Colour Start to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, press Stop/Exit to finish the Print Quality check.
8. After the cleaning procedure is finished, press a . Then, press Colour Start .
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. See
Related Information .
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this:
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the horizontal lines are gone:
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] . Press OK .
b. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] again. Press OK .
421
3. Press c .
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
4. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
5. When an LCD message prompts you to check the print quality, do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press d to select [No] .
The Print Quality check finishes.
• If lines are missing (see Poor , below), press c to select [Yes] .
OK
Poor
6. When the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality of each colour, press d or c to select the pattern (1–4) that most closely matches the printing result. Press OK .
7. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press c to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, the menu screen reappears on the LCD.
8. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the LCD message prompts you to check the print quality again.
Press c [Yes] to start the print quality check.
9. Press c again.
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet again.
If you clean the print head several times and the print has not improved, try the Special cleaning method. See
Related Information .
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print head's warranty.
422
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this:
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the horizontal lines are gone:
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
423
Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Brother Machine
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print alignment.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
b. Select [ImproveQuality] . Press OK .
c. Select [Alignment] . Press OK .
3. Press Mono Start or Colour Start .
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
4. For pattern (A), press a or b to select the number of the test print that has the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press OK .
In the example above, row number 6 is the best choice.
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this:
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this:
5. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] . Press OK .
b. Select [Alignment] . Press OK .
3. Follow the LCD instructions.
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
424
(A)
4. For pattern (A), press d or c to select the number of the test print that has the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press OK .
In the example above, row number 6 is the best choice.
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this:
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this:
5. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
425
Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more machines; it allows you to get immediate notification of errors.
• Do one of the following:
Double-click the icon in the task tray.
Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor .
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Looking for replacement supplies?
Click the Looking for replacement supplies?
button for more information on Brother original supplies.
You can also check the ink amount using Web Based Management.
Related Information
•
•
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
•
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
•
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
426
Related Topics:
•
427
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows)
When you start up your computer, the Brother Status Monitor icon appears on the task tray.
• A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
• A yellow icon indicates a warning.
• A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
• A grey icon indicates the machine is offline.
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
428
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows)
The Show Status Monitor feature lets you know if there is a problem with a device that your computer is monitoring. The default setting is Only when printing from this PC . To turn it off, follow these steps:
1. Right-click the ( Brother Status Monitor ) icon or window, select the Status Monitor Settings option, and then click Options .
The Options window appears.
2. Click the Basic tab, and then select Off for Show Status Monitor .
3. Click OK .
Even if the Show Status Monitor feature is turned off, you can check the machine’s status at any time by displaying the Status Monitor.
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
429
Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows) > Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows)
1. Right-click the ( Brother Status Monitor ) icon or window, and then select Exit .
2. Click OK .
Related Information
•
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows)
430
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Adjust the paper feed to reduce vertical lines.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
b. Select [ImproveQuality] . Press OK .
c. Select [Correct Feed] . Press OK .
3. Press Mono Start or Colour Start , and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Ink).
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Impr. PrintQuality] . Press OK .
b. Select [Correct Paper Feed] . Press OK .
3. Press c , and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•
431
Home > Routine Maintenance > Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
Change the Print Options to Improve Your Print Results
If your printouts do not look the way you expect, change the print settings on your Brother machine to improve printout quality. Print speed may be slower when using these settings.
• These instructions allow you to improve your print results when you are using your machine for copying, printing from media, or a mobile device.
• If you are experiencing poor print quality when printing from your computer, change your printer driver settings.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Maintenance] . Press OK .
b. Select [Print Options] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
ReduceSmudging Select this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Enhance Print Select this option if you have problems with blurred printouts.
4. Press OK .
5. Press a or b to select the option you want. Press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press (Ink).
2. Press a or b to select [Print Options] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging Select this option if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Enhance Print Select this option if you have problems with blurred printouts.
4. Press OK .
5. Press a or b to select the option you want. Press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
432
•
•
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows)
•
433
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
• When you transport the machine, use the packing materials that came with your machine. Do not tip or turn the product upside down. If you do not pack the machine correctly, any damage that may occur in transit may not be covered by your warranty.
• The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
IMPORTANT
It is important to allow the machine to “park” the print head after a print job. Listen carefully to the machine before unplugging it to make sure that all mechanical noises have stopped. Not allowing the machine to finish this parking process may lead to print problems and possible damage to the print head.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) Unplug the machine from the telephone wall socket and take the telephone line cord out of the machine.
3. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open position.
4. Unplug the interface cable from the machine, if it is connected.
5. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
6. Open the ink tank cover.
7. Make sure the ink tank caps are installed correctly.
Push down on the ink tank caps to secure them tightly and then close the ink tank cover.
8. Wrap the machine in the bag.
434
9. Pack the machine in the original carton with the original packing material as shown below.
Do not pack the used ink bottles in the carton.
5
10. Close the carton and tape it shut.
Related Information
•
435
Machine Settings
Customise settings and features to make your machine a more efficient work tool.
•
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
436
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
•
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
•
•
•
437
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
• Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
• Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) are lost.
• (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW) The date and time must be re-entered.
• (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) The date and time is retained for approximately 24 hours.
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
438
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> General Settings
General Settings
•
•
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
•
Change for Daylight Saving Time Manually
•
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
•
•
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
•
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
•
•
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
•
•
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
439
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Adjust the Machine Volume
Adjust the Machine Volume
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Volume] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring Adjust the ring volume.
Beep Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker Adjust the speaker volume.
4. Press OK .
5. Press a or b to select the [Off] , [Low] , [Med] , or [High] option. Press OK .
6. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
440
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the autumn. Make sure you have set the correct date and time in the [Date & Time] setting.
This feature is available only in some countries.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Date & Time] . Press OK .
c. Select [Auto Daylight] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] or [Off] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
441
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change for Daylight Saving Time Manually
Change for Daylight Saving Time Manually
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
You can program the machine to change for Daylight Saving Time.
When selecting [Forward Hour] it will forward the time by an hour and backward one hour when selecting
[Backward Hour] . Make sure you have set the correct date and time in the [Date & Time] setting.
This feature is available only in some countries.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Date & Time] . Press OK .
c. Select [Daylight Save] . Press OK .
d. Select [Forward Hour] or [Backward Hour] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
442
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
• The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a fax or a print job.
• The factory setting is five minutes.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Ecology] . Press OK .
c. Select [Sleep Time] . Press OK .
d. Select the number of minutes (1-60) you want to set. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Sleep Time] . Press OK .
c. Select the number of minutes (1-60) you want to set. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
443
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set the
Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
The Auto Power Off feature can reduce power consumption. Set the amount of time that the machine must be in
Sleep Mode before it automatically powers off. When this feature is set to [Off] , you must power off the machine manually.
To turn on the machine after the Auto Power Off feature has turned it Off, press .
The machine does not power off automatically when:
• Fax jobs are stored in the machine's memory. (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
• An error prevents the Fax Journal report from printing. (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
• The machine is connected to a telephone line. (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
• The machine is connected to a wired network. (DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
• The machine is connected to a wireless network.
• [WLAN Enable] is set to [On] or [WLAN(Wi-Fi)] is selected in the [Network I/F] setting.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Ecology] . Press OK .
c. Select [Auto Power Off] . Press OK .
d. Select [Off] , [1 hour] , [2 hours] , [4 hours] , or [8 hours] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Auto Power Off] . Press OK .
c. Select [Off] , [1 hour] , [2 hours] , [4 hours] , or [8 hours] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
•
•
444
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set the
Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
(MFC models)
The LCD displays the date and time. If they are not current, re-enter them. You can add the date and time to each fax you send by setting your Station ID.
(DCP models)
If the machine's power has been off, the machine's date and time may not be current. Re-enter them.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Date & Time] . Press OK .
c. Select [Date & Time] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b on the control panel to set the last two digits of the year. Press OK . Repeat these steps for setting the month and day.
4. Press a or b to select [12h Clock] or [24h Clock] , and then press OK .
5. Enter the digits for the time in one of the following ways:
• If you selected [12h Clock] :
Press a or b on the control panel to set the hour. Press OK . Repeat these steps for setting the minute.
Press a or b to select [AM] or [PM] , and then press OK .
• If you selected [24h Clock] :
Press a or b on the control panel to set the hour. Press OK . Repeat these steps for setting the minute.
6. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Date & Time] . Press OK .
c. Select [Date] . Press OK .
3. Enter the last two digits of the year using the dial pad, and then press OK .
4. Enter the two digits for the month using the dial pad, and then press OK .
5. Enter the two digits for the day using the dial pad, and then press OK .
6. Press a or b to select [Clock Type] , and then press OK .
7. Press a or b to select [12h Clock] or [24h Clock] , and then press OK .
8. Press a or b to select [Time] , and then press OK .
9. To enter the time, do one of the following:
• If you selected [12h Clock] : a. Press a or b to select [AM] or [PM] , and then press OK .
b. Enter the four digits of the time (in 12-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press OK .
• If you selected [24h Clock] :
Enter the four digits of the time (in 24-hour format) using the dial pad, and then press OK .
445
10. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
446
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [LCD Contrast] . Press OK .
c. Select [Light] or [Dark] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [LCD Settings] . Press OK .
c. Select [Backlight] . Press OK .
d. Select [Light] , [Med] , or [Dark] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
447
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [LCD Settings] . Press OK .
c. Select [Dim Timer] . Press OK .
d. Select [10 Secs] , [30 Secs] , [1 Min] , [2 Mins] , [3 Mins] , or [5 Mins] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
448
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Set the machine's Station ID if you want the date and time to appear on each fax you send.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Station ID] . Press OK .
3. Press a or b to select [Fax] , and then press OK .
4. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad, and then press OK .
5. Press a or b to select [Name] , and then press OK .
6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the dial pad, and then press OK .
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix .
7. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
•
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•
449
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Set
Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Your machine is set for a Tone dialling service. If you have a Pulse dialling (rotary) service, you must change the dialling mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Tone/Pulse] . Press OK .
c. Select [Tone] or [Pulse] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
450
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower.
The factory setting is [Off] .
• When the Quiet Mode setting is turned on, appears on the Home screen. (MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Ecology] . Press OK .
c. Select [Quiet Mode] . Press OK .
d. Select [On] (or [Off] ). Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [General Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Quiet Mode] . Press OK .
c. Select [On] or [Off] . Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
451
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Local Language] . Press OK .
c. Select your language. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Initial Setup] . Press OK .
b. Select [Local Language] . Press OK .
c. Select your language. Press OK .
3. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
452
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Print Reports
Print Reports
•
•
•
•
453
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission Verify (MFC models)
The Transmission Verify prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book (MFC models)
The Address Book report prints a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book memory.
Fax Journal (MFC models)
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive.)
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Network Configuration (network models)
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
WLAN Report (wireless models)
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID History (MFC models)
(MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW) The Caller ID History report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 20 received faxes and telephone calls.
(Not available for Taiwan and some countries)
Related Information
•
454
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Report
Print a Report
>> DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1. Press Menu .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Print Reports] . Press OK .
b. Select the report you want to print. Press OK .
3. Press Mono Start .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
1. Press Settings .
2. Press a or b to make your selections: a. Select [Print Reports] . Press OK .
b. Select the report you want to print. Press OK .
3. Press c .
4. Press Stop/Exit .
Related Information
•
Related Topics:
•
455
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
•
•
•
Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
•
Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
456
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings Tables (1 Line LCD)
Settings Tables (1 Line LCD)
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
Menu > [Maintenance]
Level 1
ImproveQuality
Cleaning
Level 2 Descriptions
Check Quality Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
Alignment according to the LCD instructions.
Correct Feed
Black
Colour
All
-
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the rollers according to the LCD instructions.
Clean Roller
(available only for some countries)
InkBottleModel
Print Options
Ink Low Notice
Check the ink bottle model numbers.
ReduceSmudging Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Enhance Print Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
Set the machine to display the ink low messages.
Menu > [General Setup]
Level 1
Tray Setting
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Level 2
Tray 1
Descriptions
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
MP Tray
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Copy
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Check Paper
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
-
Level 3
Paper Type
Paper Size
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Paper Type
Paper Size
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Tray Use
Tray Priority
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Tray Priority
-
-
Set the type of paper in the MP tray.
Set the size of paper in the MP tray.
Select the tray to be used for copying.
When Auto is selected in Tray Use, select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Check the paper type and paper size when you pull the tray out of the machine.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Type
(DCP-T520W/
DCP-T525W/
457
Level 1
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
Paper Size
(DCP-T520W/
DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
Check Paper
(DCP-T520W/
DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
Ecology
Level 2
-
-
Level 3
-
-
Sleep Time
Quiet Mode
Auto Power Off
-
-
-
LCD Contrast -
Menu > [Network]
Level 1
Wired LAN
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Level 2
TCP/IP
-
Menu > [Copy]
Level 1 Descriptions
Density Adjust the density.
Quality Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Level 3
BOOT Method
IP Address
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Subnet Mask
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Gateway
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Node Name
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
WINS Config
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
WINS Server
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Descriptions
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check the paper type and paper size when you pull the tray out of the machine.
Select how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
Decrease printing noise.
Select how long the machine must wait before it automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep Mode.
When set to Off, the machine does not power off automatically.
Adjusts the contrast of the LCD.
Descriptions
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
458
Level 1
Wired LAN
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Level 2
TCP/IP
Level 3
DNS Server
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
APIPA
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
IPv6
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Ethernet
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Wired Status
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
MAC Address
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Find Network
TCP/IP
-
-
WPS/PushButton
WPS/PIN Code
WLAN Status
MAC Address
WLAN Enable
(DCP-T520W/
DCP-T525W/
IPv6
-
-
Status
Signal
SSID
Comm. Mode
-
-
-
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS Config
WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
Descriptions
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Select the Ethernet link mode.
View the current wired status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
View the machine's MAC address.
Turn the wireless network connection On or Off.
459
Level 1
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Wi-Fi Direct
Network I/F
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Network Reset
Level 2
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
Manual
Group Owner
Push Button
PIN Code
Device Info.
Level 3
Status Info.
-
-
-
-
Device Name
SSID
IP Address
Status
Signal
I/F Enable
-
-
Channel
Speed
-
-
-
Menu > [Print Reports]
Level 1 Descriptions
User Settings Print a list of your settings.
Network Config Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Menu > [Machine Info.]
Level 1 Descriptions
Serial No.
Check your machine's serial number.
Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Display the printed pages.
Descriptions
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually.
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
View your machine's device name.
View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not connected, the
LCD displays Not Connected.
View your machine's current IP Address.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength.
When your machine acts as Group
Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal.
Display the channel in use when the Wi-Fi
Direct network is active.
Display the connection speed when the
Wi-Fi Direct network is active.
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Select the network connection type.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
460
Menu > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Date & Time
Reset
Level 2
Date & Time
Descriptions
Set the date and time on your machine.
Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as
Date and Time.
Network Reset Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
All Settings Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Change your LCD language.
Local Language
(Available only for some countries.)
Related Information
•
461
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Features Tables (1 Line LCD)
Features Tables (1 Line LCD)
Related Models : DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
SCAN
Level 1
Scan to PC
Level 2
File
OCR
Image
Web Service
(Appears when you install a Web Services
Scanner.)
Scan
Scan for Email
Scan for Fax
Scan for
Descriptions
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
Copy / Scan Options
Level 1
Layout(2in1 ID)
Quality
Tray Select
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Level 2
-
-
-
Density
Remove Bkg Clr
2-sided
(DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW)
Stack/Sort
Descriptions
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Select the tray to be used for Copy mode.
-
-
100%
Enlarge
Reduce
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Adjust the density.
Black Setting Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
Colour Setting
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
462
Related Information
•
463
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Settings Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
Settings > [General Setup]
Level 1
Maintenance
Tray Setting
Level 2
Impr.
PrintQuality
Alignment
Correct Paper
Feed
Black only Print Head
Cleaning
Clean Pickup
Roller
(available only for some countries)
-
Ink Bottle Model -
Colour only
All
Print Options
Ink Low Notice
Tray 1
MP Tray
Tray Setting:
Copy
Tray Setting:
Tray Setting:
Photo Print
(JPEG)
Check Paper
Level 3
Impr.
PrintQuality
Paper Type
Paper Size
Paper Type
Check the ink bottle model numbers.
Reduce Smudging Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Enhance Print
-
Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
Set the machine to display the ink low messages.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size
Tray Use
Tray Priority
Tray Setting: Fax Tray Use
Tray Priority
Tray Priority
Tray Use
Tray Priority
-
Descriptions
Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Clean the rollers according to the LCD instructions.
Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Select the tray to be used for copying.
When Auto is selected in Tray Use, select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Select the tray to be used for faxing.
When Auto is selected in Tray Use, select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Select the tray to be used for photo printing.
When Auto is selected in Tray Use, select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that contain paper of the same size.
Check the paper type and paper size when you pull the tray out of the machine.
464
Level 1
Quiet Mode
Volume
Level 2
-
Ring
Beep
Speaker
LCD Settings Backlight
Dim Timer
Sleep Time -
Auto Power Off -
-
-
-
Level 3
-
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Decrease printing noise.
Adjust the ring volume.
Adjust the beeper volume.
Adjust the speaker volume.
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Home screen.
Select how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode.
Select how long the machine must wait before it automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine does not power off automatically.
Settings > [Fax] (MFC models)
Level 1 Level 2
Setup Receive Ring Delay
Print Document
Remaining Jobs
Miscellaneous
Receive Mode
F/T Ring Time
Fax Detect
Remote Codes Remote
Codes
Act.Code
Deact.Code
Auto Reduction -
PC Fax Receive -
Fax Rx Stamp
Report Setting XMIT Report
Level 3
-
-
-
-
-
-
Journal Period Journal
Period
-
-
TX Lock
Distinctive
(For some countries)
Time
Day
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Set the number of rings before the machine answers in
Fax Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel mode.
Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call and hear fax tones.
Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use codes to turn the Remote Codes on or off. You can personalise the codes.
Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Print the received time and date on the top of incoming faxes.
Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification
Report.
Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print incoming faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and cancel selected jobs.
Prohibit most functions except receiving faxes.
Use with telephone company distinctive ringing service allows you to have a voice number and fax number on the one phone line.
465
Settings > [Network]
Level 1
Wired LAN
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Level 2
TCP/IP
Ethernet
Wired Status
MAC Address
Find Wi-Fi
Network
TCP/IP
Level 3
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS
Configuration
WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
-
-
-
IPv6
-
BOOT Method
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
Node Name
WINS
Configuration
WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
WPS/Push Button
WPS/PIN Code
WLAN Status
IPv6
-
-
Status
Signal
SSID
Comm. Mode
Descriptions
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Select the Ethernet link mode.
View the current wired status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Configure your wireless network settings manually.
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name.
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary or secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
466
Level 1
WLAN(Wi-Fi)
Wi-Fi Direct
Level 2
MAC Address
Manual
Group Owner
Push Button
PIN Code
Device
Information
Status
Information
Web Connect
Settings
I/F Enable
Proxy Settings
Network I/F -
Network Reset -
Settings > [Print Reports]
Level 1
XMIT Verify
Address Book
Fax Journal
User Settings
Network Config
WLAN Report
Caller ID History
(Not available for Taiwan and some countries)
Descriptions
Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
Print a list of your settings.
Print a list of your Network settings.
Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 20 received faxes and telephone calls.
Settings > [Machine Info.]
Level 1
Serial No.
Firmware Version
Descriptions
Check your machine's serial number.
Check your machine's firmware version.
467
Level 1
Firmware Update
Firmware Auto Check
Page Counter
Settings > [Initial Setup]
Level 1
Date & Time
Station ID
Level 2
Date
Time
Clock Type
Auto Daylight
(Available only for some countries.)
Daylight Save
(Available only for some countries.)
Fax
Name
Tone/Pulse
(Available only for some countries.)
Fax Auto Redial -
Dial Tone
Phone Line Set
(Available only for some countries.)
Compatibility
-
-
Descriptions
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
View firmware information on the Home screen.
Display the printed pages.
Descriptions
Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour).
Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Change for Daylight Saving Time manually.
Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you fax.
Select the dialling mode.
Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go through because the line was busy.
Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Select the telephone line type.
Reset
Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards. If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic (for VoIP).
Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time.
Network
Address Book &
Fax
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings
-
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Change your LCD language.
Local Language
(Available only for some countries.)
Related Information
•
468
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
> Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Features Tables (1.8"(44.9 mm) Colour LCD)
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
FAX
Level 1 Level 2
Fax Resolution -
Contrast -
Glass Scan Size -
Broadcasting -
Real Time TX -
Overseas Mode -
Call History Redial
Outgoing Call
Address Book
Caller ID
History
(Not available for
Taiwan and some countries)
Search
Set Speed Dial
Set New Default -
Factory Reset -
Setup Groups
Change
Delete
Descriptions
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Adjust the contrast.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.
Send a fax without using the memory.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete Address Book numbers.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
SCAN
Level 1 to Media
(When a USB Flash drive is inserted) to PC to Web
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a Web
Services Scanner.)
Level 2
to File to OCR to Image to E-mail
-
Scan
Scan for Email
Scan for Fax
Descriptions
Scan documents and save them directly to a USB flash drive without using a computer.
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Upload the scanned data to an Internet service.
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
469
Level 1
WS Scan
(Appears when you install a Web
Services Scanner.)
Level 2
Scan for
Descriptions
Scan data using the Web Service protocol.
COPY
Level 1
Quality
Tray Select
Paper Type
Paper Size
Enlarge/Reduce
Level 2
-
-
-
-
Descriptions
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Select the tray to be used for Copy mode.
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the tray.
Select the paper size that matches the paper in the tray.
100%
Enlarge
Reduce
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Stack/Sort
Page Layout
Fit to Page
Custom(25-400%)
-
-
-
Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have set.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Adjust the density.
Density
Remove Background Black Copy Settings Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
Colour Copy Settings
2-sided Copy Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
Set New Default -
Factory Reset -
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
PHOTO/WEB
Level 1 Level 2
JPEG Print Select Files
Level 3
-
Descriptions
Print selected photos in your USB flash drive.
Index Print Print Index Sheet Print a thumbnail page.
Print Photos Print photos by choosing the index numbers.
Web
Print All
-
-
-
Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
(Ink)
Level 1
Ink Bottle Model
Level 2
-
Print Head Cleaning Black only
Colour only
Descriptions
Check the ink bottle model numbers.
Impr. PrintQuality Impr. PrintQuality Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
Alignment according to the LCD instructions.
Correct Paper Feed
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
470
Level 1 Level 2
Print Head Cleaning All
Print Options Reduce Smudging
Enhance Print
Descriptions
Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Improve print quality and reduce blurriness.
(Address Book)
Level 1 Descriptions
Search Dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Set Speed Dial Store Speed Dial numbers, so you can dial by pressing only a few buttons.
Setup Groups Set up Group numbers for broadcasting.
Change
Delete
Change Address Book numbers.
Delete Address Book numbers.
Redial/Pause
Level 1
Redial
Outgoing Call
Caller ID History
(Not available for Taiwan and some countries)
Descriptions
Send a fax to the last number you called.
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Select a number from the Caller ID History and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
WiFi
Level 1 Descriptions
Find Wi-Fi Network Configure your wireless network settings manually.
WPS/Push Button Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Related Information
•
471
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
•
•
•
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
•
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
472
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > What is Web
Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
• We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac,
Chrome for Android (4.x or later), and Chrome/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
• You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the print server and your computer.
• The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
473
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > Access Web
Based Management
Access Web Based Management
• We recommend Microsoft Internet Explorer 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows, Safari 10/11 for Mac, Chrome for Android (4.x or later), and Chrome/Safari for iOS (10.x or later). Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
• The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ". We recommend immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from unauthorised access.
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning dialog box. To avoid displaying the warning dialog box, you can install a self-signed certificate to use
SSL/TLS communication. For more detailed information, see Related Information .
>> Start from Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
>> Start from Your Web Browser
>> Start from Brother Utilities (Windows)
Start from Brother iPrint&Scan (Windows/Mac)
1. Start Brother iPrint&Scan.
• Windows
Launch ( Brother iPrint&Scan ).
• Mac
In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications , and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon.
The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then select your model name from the list. Click OK .
3. Click ( Machine Settings ).
Web Based Management appears.
4. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
5. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click and then click .
You can now change the machine settings.
You can also access Web Based Management from Brother iPrint&Scan for mobile devices.
Start from Your Web Browser
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
474
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
4. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click and then click .
You can now change the machine settings.
Start from Brother Utilities (Windows)
1. Launch ( Brother Utilities ), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected).
2. Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Machine Settings .
Web Based Management appears.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
4. If you want to pin the navigation menu on the left side of the screen, click and then click .
You can now change the machine settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the configuration.
After configuring the settings, click Logout .
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
•
Print the Network Configuration Report
•
Create a Self-signed Certificate
•
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows users with Administrator Rights
475
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > Set or Change a
Login Password for Web Based Management
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ". We recommend immediately changing the default password to protect your machine from unauthorised access.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. Do one of the following:
• If you have previously set your own password, type it, and then click Login .
• If you have not previously set your own password, type the default login password, and then click Login .
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Administrator > Login Password .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Following the on-screen Login Password guidelines, type your password in the Enter New Password field.
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit .
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
•
476
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > Set Up Your
Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using Web Based Management
Related Models : MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example: https://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
For example: https://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
3. If required, type the password in the Login field, and then click Login .
The default password to manage this machine’s settings is located on the back of the machine and marked
" Pwd ".
4. Go to the navigation menu, and then click Address Book > Address XX-XX .
Start from , if the navigation menu is not shown on the left side of the screen.
5. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
6. Click Submit .
Related Information
•
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Topics:
•
477
Appendix
•
•
•
Brother Help and Customer Support
478
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
>> Document Size Specifications
>> PhotoCapture Center Specifications
>> Computer Requirements Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type
Print Head Mono
Colour
Memory Capacity
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Power Source
Inkjet
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 1
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
Piezo with 70 nozzles x 3
• DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Piezo with 210 nozzles x 3
128 MB
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
1 line LCD
•
1.8 in. (44.9 mm) TFT Colour LCD
AC 100 to 120 V 50/60 Hz (Taiwan)
AC 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz (Other countries)
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W (Taiwan)
Copying
: Approx. 16 W
Sleep
: Approx. 0.8 W
Power Off
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
Copying
: Approx. 16 W
Sleep
: Approx. 0.8 W
Power Off
• DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
Copying
: Approx. 16 W
Sleep
: Approx. 0.8 W
Power Off
• DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW (Taiwan)
Copying
: Approx. 16 W
Sleep
: Approx. 0.9 W
479
Dimensions
Power Off
• DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
Copying
: Approx. 17 W
Sleep
: Approx. 0.9 W
Power Off
• MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW (Taiwan)
Copying
: Approx. 19 W
Sleep
: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off
• MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
Copying
: Approx. 17 W
Sleep
: Approx. 1.2 W
Power Off
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
159 mm
435 mm
380 mm
583 mm
• DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
199 mm
195 mm
435 mm
380 mm
583 mm
480
Weights
• DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
309 mm
195 mm
435 mm
439 mm
576 mm
• MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
309 mm
195 mm
435 mm
439 mm
576 mm
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W (Taiwan)
7.2 kg
• DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W
7.3 kg
• DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW(Taiwan)
8.6 kg
• DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW
8.7 kg
• DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW (Taiwan)
9.5 kg
• DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW
9.6 kg
481
Noise Level Sound
Pressure
Operating
Temperature Operating
Best Print Quality
Operating Humidity
Best Print Quality
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
• MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW (Taiwan)
9.6 kg
• MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW
9.7 kg
53.5 dB (A) (Approx.)
10 to 35°C
20 to 33°C
20 to 80% (without condensation)
20 to 80% (without condensation)
Up to 20 pages
Paper: 80 gsm
5
6
3
4
7
1
2
Measured diagonally
Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface. Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment or part wear.
When single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
When using ADF, single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
Even when the machine is turned off, it will automatically turn itself on periodically for print head maintenance, and then turn itself off.
Noise depends on printing conditions.
Document Size Specifications
Document Size ADF Width
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
ADF Length
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Scanner Glass Width
Scanner Glass Length
148 to 215.9 mm
148 to 355.6 mm
Max. 215.9 mm
Max. 297 mm
1 Documents that are longer than 297 mm must be fed one page at a time.
Print Media Specifications
Paper
Input
Paper Tray
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Paper Type
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6 (JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x
8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Up to 150 sheets of 80 gsm plain paper Maximum Paper
Capacity
Paper Type
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6 (JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
482
Paper
Input
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
(DCP-T820DW/
DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Maximum Paper
Up to 80 sheets of 80 gsm Plain Paper
Manual Feed Slot
(DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/
DCP-T720DW/
DCP-T725DW)
Paper Type
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
A4, Letter, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
Executive, B5 (JIS), A5, B6 (JIS), A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo (4" x 6")/(10 x 15 cm),
Photo L (3.5" x 5")/(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (5" x 7")/(13 x 18 cm), Index card (5" x 8")/(13 x 20 cm)
Up to 1 sheet
Paper Output
Up to 50 sheets of 80 gsm Plain Paper (face up print delivery to the output paper tray)
3
4
1
2
For glossy paper, remove any printed pages from the output paper tray immediately to avoid smudging.
Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, B5 (JIS) and B6 (JIS) size paper are supported only in some countries.
We recommend using the MP tray for glossy paper.
You can load only one sheet of paper that is larger than Letter/A4 size into the MP tray at a time.
Fax Specifications
This feature is available for MFC models.
Compatibility
Modem Speed
Scanning Width
(Single-sided document)
Printing Width
Resolution
(Horizontal)
ITU-T Group 3
Automatic Fallback: 14,400 bps
ADF: 208 mm (A4)
Scanner Glass: 204 mm (A4)
204 mm (A4)
203 dpi
Resolution
(Vertical)
Standard:
98 dpi (Mono)
Fine:
196 dpi (Mono)
Superfine:
392 dpi (Mono)
Photo:
196 dpi (Mono)
40 numbers
Up to 6
Address Book
Groups
Broadcasting
Automatic Redial
90 (40 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
3 times at 5 minute intervals
Memory Transmission Up to 170 pages
Out of Paper Reception Up to 170 pages
1 ‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, MMR code).
483
Copy Specifications
Colour/Monochrome Yes/Yes
Copy Width 204 mm
Multiple Copies
Enlarge/Reduce
Resolution
Stacks/Sorts up to 99 pages
25% to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Prints up to 1200 × 1800 dpi (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W)
Prints up to 1200 × 2400 dpi (DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
1 When copying on A4 size paper.
PhotoCapture Center Specifications
This function is available for MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW.
Compatible Media
Photo Resolution
USB Flash drive
Up to 1200 x 6000 dpi
Paper Type Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper, Brother BP71 paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm)
File Format JPEG (Progressive JPEG format is not supported)
Scan to Media File Format JPEG, PDF (Colour, Grey)
TIFF, PDF (Monochrome)
1
2
USB Flash drives are not supplied with product.
Hi-Speed USB 2.0. USB Mass Storage standard. Supported formats: FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Scanner Specifications
Colour/Monochrome
TWAIN Compliant
Colour Depth
Greyscale
Resolution
Yes/Yes
Yes
(Windows 7 SP1 / Windows 8.1 / Windows 10)
30 bit colour processing (Input)
24 bit colour processing (Output)
10 bit colour processing (Input)
8 bit colour processing (Output)
Up to 19200 × 19200 dpi (interpolated)
(from Scanner Glass)
Up to 1200 × 2400 dpi (optical)
(from ADF)
Up to 1200 × 600 dpi (optical)
Scanning Width and Length
(Single-sided document)
(Scanner Glass)
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 295 mm
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 353.6 mm
484
2
3
1 Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8.1 and Windows 10 (resolution up to 19200 ×
19200 dpi can be selected using the scanner utility).
The scanning range may decrease as the scanning resolution increases.
ADF models only
Printer Specifications
Resolution
Borderless
Automatic 2-sided
(DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/
MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Print Speed
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi (Windows only) (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W)
Up to 1200 × 6000 dpi (DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
204 mm
Borderless
: 210 mm
A4, Letter, A6, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L
(13 x 18 cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
A4, Letter, Executive, A5, B5 (JIS)
See your model's page on your local Brother website.
1
2
3
When printing on A4 size paper.
When the Borderless feature is set to On.
B5 (JIS) size paper is supported only in some countries.
Interface Specifications
USB
LAN
(DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/
MFC-T925DW)
Wireless LAN
Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no longer than 2 m.
Use an Ethernet UTP cable category 5 or greater.
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
1
2
Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
Third party USB ports are not supported.
Network Specifications
• (DCP-T520W/DCP-T525W/DCP-T720DW/DCP-T725DW/DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW)
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing and Network Scanning.
• (MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, PC-Fax Send, PC-
Fax Receive (Windows only).
Network Security (Wired)
(DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW)
Network Security (Wireless)
Wireless Network Security
Wireless Setup Support Utility WPS
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS)
SSID (32 characters), WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-
PSK (TKIP/AES)
Yes
485
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform &
Operating System
Version
PC Interface
Windows
Operating
System
Windows 7
SP1
Printing
PC Fax
Scanning
10/100 Base-
TX
Wireless
802.11b/g/n
Processor Hard Disk Space to
Install
For Drivers For
Applicatio ns
(Including
Drivers)
650 MB 1.3 GB 32 bit (x86) or 64 bit
(x64) processor
Mac
Operating
System
Windows 10
Home
Windows 10
Pro
Windows 10
Windows 10
Enterprise
Windows
Server 2008
Windows
Server 2008
R2
Windows
Server 2012
Windows
Server 2012
R2
Windows
Server 2016
Windows
Server 2019 macOS v10.13.6
macOS v10.14.x
macOS v10.15.x
N/A
Printing
Scanning
Printing
64 bit (x64) processor
Intel
®
Processor
50 MB
N/A
N/A
550 MB
3
4
1
2
5
Third party USB ports are not supported.
DCP-T820DW/DCP-T825DW/MFC-T920DW/MFC-T925DW only
For WIA, 1200 x 1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables enhancing up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
Nuance ™ PaperPort ™ 14SE supports Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8.1, Windows 10 Home, Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Education and
Windows 10 Enterprise.
PC-Fax supports black and white only. (MFC models)
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page at support.brother.com
.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
486
Related Information
•
487
Home > Appendix > Supply Specifications
Supply Specifications
Ink
Service Life of Ink Bottle
The machine uses individual Black, Yellow, Cyan and Magenta ink bottles that are separate from the print head assembly.
The first time you fill the ink tank the machine will use an amount of ink to fill the ink delivery tubes for high quality printouts. This process will only happen once. After this process is complete the ink bottles provided with your machine will have a lower yield than standard ink bottles (approximately 86% for
Black and 92% for colour). With all following ink bottles you can print the specified number of pages.
Replacement Supplies
Black Ink Bottle
Yellow Ink Bottle
Cyan Ink Bottle
Magenta Ink Bottle
Black - Approximately 7500 pages 1
Yellow, Cyan and Magenta - Approximately 5000 pages
BTD60BK
BT5000Y
BT5000C
BT5000M
Related Information
•
1 Quoted approx. yields are extrapolated based on Brother original methodology using Test Patterns ISO/IEC 24712.
Quoted approx. yields are not based on ISO/IEC 24711.
488
Home > Appendix > Brother Help and Customer Support
Brother Help and Customer Support
If you need help with using your Brother product, visit support.brother.com
for FAQs and troubleshooting tips.
You can also download the latest software, drivers and firmware, to improve the performance of your machine, and user documentation, to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Further product and support information is available from your local Brother office website. Visit https:// global.brother/en/gateway to find the contact details for your local Brother office and to register your new product.
Related Information
•
489
ASA/SAF/GLF
Version 0

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Home & office Inkjet Colour printing
- 6000 x 1200 DPI
- Printing colours: Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow
- A4 30 ppm
- Colour copying Colour scanning
- Apple AirPrint, Brother iPrint & Scan, Mopria Print Service
- Direct printing
- USB port Wi-Fi
- Internal memory: 128 MB Built-in processor 576 MHz
- 7.3 kg